mirror of
https://github.com/vim/vim.git
synced 2025-07-26 11:04:33 -04:00
Problem: Windows GUI: title for search/replace is wrong. Solution: Remove remark about doubling backslash. (closes #3230)
9030 lines
214 KiB
C
9030 lines
214 KiB
C
/* vi:set ts=8 sts=4 sw=4 noet:
|
|
*
|
|
* VIM - Vi IMproved by Bram Moolenaar
|
|
* GUI support by Robert Webb
|
|
*
|
|
* Do ":help uganda" in Vim to read copying and usage conditions.
|
|
* Do ":help credits" in Vim to see a list of people who contributed.
|
|
* See README.txt for an overview of the Vim source code.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*
|
|
* Windows GUI.
|
|
*
|
|
* GUI support for Microsoft Windows, aka Win32. Also for Win64.
|
|
*
|
|
* George V. Reilly <george@reilly.org> wrote the original Win32 GUI.
|
|
* Robert Webb reworked it to use the existing GUI stuff and added menu,
|
|
* scrollbars, etc.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note: Clipboard stuff, for cutting and pasting text to other windows, is in
|
|
* winclip.c. (It can also be done from the terminal version).
|
|
*
|
|
* TODO: Some of the function signatures ought to be updated for Win64;
|
|
* e.g., replace LONG with LONG_PTR, etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#include "vim.h"
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
# include "gui_dwrite.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
# ifndef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
# error FEAT_MBYTE is required for FEAT_DIRECTX.
|
|
# endif
|
|
static DWriteContext *s_dwc = NULL;
|
|
static int s_directx_enabled = 0;
|
|
static int s_directx_load_attempted = 0;
|
|
# define IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX() (s_directx_enabled && s_dwc != NULL && enc_utf8)
|
|
static int directx_enabled(void);
|
|
static void directx_binddc(void);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
static int gui_mswin_get_menu_height(int fix_window);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_RENDER_OPTIONS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_set_rendering_options(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_DIRECTX
|
|
char_u *p, *q;
|
|
|
|
int dx_enable = 0;
|
|
int dx_flags = 0;
|
|
float dx_gamma = 0.0f;
|
|
float dx_contrast = 0.0f;
|
|
float dx_level = 0.0f;
|
|
int dx_geom = 0;
|
|
int dx_renmode = 0;
|
|
int dx_taamode = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* parse string as rendering options. */
|
|
for (p = s; p != NULL && *p != NUL; )
|
|
{
|
|
char_u item[256];
|
|
char_u name[128];
|
|
char_u value[128];
|
|
|
|
copy_option_part(&p, item, sizeof(item), ",");
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
q = &item[0];
|
|
copy_option_part(&q, name, sizeof(name), ":");
|
|
if (q == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
copy_option_part(&q, value, sizeof(value), ":");
|
|
|
|
if (STRCMP(name, "type") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (STRCMP(value, "directx") == 0)
|
|
dx_enable = 1;
|
|
else
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "gamma") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dx_flags |= 1 << 0;
|
|
dx_gamma = (float)atof((char *)value);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "contrast") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dx_flags |= 1 << 1;
|
|
dx_contrast = (float)atof((char *)value);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "level") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dx_flags |= 1 << 2;
|
|
dx_level = (float)atof((char *)value);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "geom") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dx_flags |= 1 << 3;
|
|
dx_geom = atoi((char *)value);
|
|
if (dx_geom < 0 || dx_geom > 2)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "renmode") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dx_flags |= 1 << 4;
|
|
dx_renmode = atoi((char *)value);
|
|
if (dx_renmode < 0 || dx_renmode > 6)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "taamode") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
dx_flags |= 1 << 5;
|
|
dx_taamode = atoi((char *)value);
|
|
if (dx_taamode < 0 || dx_taamode > 3)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (STRCMP(name, "scrlines") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Deprecated. Simply ignore it. */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!gui.in_use)
|
|
return OK; /* only checking the syntax of the value */
|
|
|
|
/* Enable DirectX/DirectWrite */
|
|
if (dx_enable)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!directx_enabled())
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
DWriteContext_SetRenderingParams(s_dwc, NULL);
|
|
if (dx_flags)
|
|
{
|
|
DWriteRenderingParams param;
|
|
DWriteContext_GetRenderingParams(s_dwc, ¶m);
|
|
if (dx_flags & (1 << 0))
|
|
param.gamma = dx_gamma;
|
|
if (dx_flags & (1 << 1))
|
|
param.enhancedContrast = dx_contrast;
|
|
if (dx_flags & (1 << 2))
|
|
param.clearTypeLevel = dx_level;
|
|
if (dx_flags & (1 << 3))
|
|
param.pixelGeometry = dx_geom;
|
|
if (dx_flags & (1 << 4))
|
|
param.renderingMode = dx_renmode;
|
|
if (dx_flags & (1 << 5))
|
|
param.textAntialiasMode = dx_taamode;
|
|
DWriteContext_SetRenderingParams(s_dwc, ¶m);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
s_directx_enabled = dx_enable;
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
# else
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* These are new in Windows ME/XP, only defined in recent compilers.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifndef HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONUP
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDOWN
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
#include "version.h" /* used by dialog box routine for default title */
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG
|
|
# include <tchar.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* cproto fails on missing include files */
|
|
#ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
|
#ifndef __MINGW32__
|
|
# include <shellapi.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
|
|
# include <commctrl.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
#include <windowsx.h>
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
# include "glbl_ime.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif /* PROTO */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
# define MENUHINTS /* show menu hints in command line */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Some parameters for dialog boxes. All in pixels. */
|
|
#define DLG_PADDING_X 10
|
|
#define DLG_PADDING_Y 10
|
|
#define DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_X 5
|
|
#define DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_Y 5
|
|
#define DLG_VERT_PADDING_X 4 /* For vertical buttons */
|
|
#define DLG_VERT_PADDING_Y 4
|
|
#define DLG_ICON_WIDTH 34
|
|
#define DLG_ICON_HEIGHT 34
|
|
#define DLG_MIN_WIDTH 150
|
|
#define DLG_FONT_NAME "MS Sans Serif"
|
|
#define DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE 8
|
|
#define DLG_MIN_MAX_WIDTH 400
|
|
#define DLG_MIN_MAX_HEIGHT 400
|
|
|
|
#define DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL 5000 /* First ID of non-button controls */
|
|
|
|
#ifndef WM_XBUTTONDOWN /* For Win2K / winME ONLY */
|
|
# define WM_XBUTTONDOWN 0x020B
|
|
# define WM_XBUTTONUP 0x020C
|
|
# define WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK 0x020D
|
|
# define MK_XBUTTON1 0x0020
|
|
# define MK_XBUTTON2 0x0040
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PROTO
|
|
/*
|
|
* Define a few things for generating prototypes. This is just to avoid
|
|
* syntax errors, the defines do not need to be correct.
|
|
*/
|
|
# define APIENTRY
|
|
# define CALLBACK
|
|
# define CONST
|
|
# define FAR
|
|
# define NEAR
|
|
# undef _cdecl
|
|
# define _cdecl
|
|
typedef int BOOL;
|
|
typedef int BYTE;
|
|
typedef int DWORD;
|
|
typedef int WCHAR;
|
|
typedef int ENUMLOGFONT;
|
|
typedef int FINDREPLACE;
|
|
typedef int HANDLE;
|
|
typedef int HBITMAP;
|
|
typedef int HBRUSH;
|
|
typedef int HDROP;
|
|
typedef int INT;
|
|
typedef int LOGFONT[];
|
|
typedef int LPARAM;
|
|
typedef int LPCREATESTRUCT;
|
|
typedef int LPCSTR;
|
|
typedef int LPCTSTR;
|
|
typedef int LPRECT;
|
|
typedef int LPSTR;
|
|
typedef int LPWINDOWPOS;
|
|
typedef int LPWORD;
|
|
typedef int LRESULT;
|
|
typedef int HRESULT;
|
|
# undef MSG
|
|
typedef int MSG;
|
|
typedef int NEWTEXTMETRIC;
|
|
typedef int OSVERSIONINFO;
|
|
typedef int PWORD;
|
|
typedef int RECT;
|
|
typedef int UINT;
|
|
typedef int WORD;
|
|
typedef int WPARAM;
|
|
typedef int POINT;
|
|
typedef void *HINSTANCE;
|
|
typedef void *HMENU;
|
|
typedef void *HWND;
|
|
typedef void *HDC;
|
|
typedef void VOID;
|
|
typedef int LPNMHDR;
|
|
typedef int LONG;
|
|
typedef int WNDPROC;
|
|
typedef int UINT_PTR;
|
|
typedef int COLORREF;
|
|
typedef int HCURSOR;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef GET_X_LPARAM
|
|
# define GET_X_LPARAM(lp) ((int)(short)LOWORD(lp))
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void _OnPaint( HWND hwnd);
|
|
static void fill_rect(const RECT *rcp, HBRUSH hbr, COLORREF color);
|
|
static void clear_rect(RECT *rcp);
|
|
|
|
static WORD s_dlgfntheight; /* height of the dialog font */
|
|
static WORD s_dlgfntwidth; /* width of the dialog font */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
static HMENU s_menuBar = NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
static void rebuild_tearoff(vimmenu_T *menu);
|
|
static HBITMAP s_htearbitmap; /* bitmap used to indicate tearoff */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Flag that is set while processing a message that must not be interrupted by
|
|
* processing another message. */
|
|
static int s_busy_processing = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
static int destroying = FALSE; /* call DestroyWindow() ourselves */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
static UINT s_findrep_msg = 0; /* set in gui_w[16/32].c */
|
|
static FINDREPLACE s_findrep_struct;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static FINDREPLACEW s_findrep_struct_w;
|
|
# endif
|
|
static HWND s_findrep_hwnd = NULL;
|
|
static int s_findrep_is_find; /* TRUE for find dialog, FALSE
|
|
for find/replace dialog */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static HINSTANCE s_hinst = NULL;
|
|
#if !defined(FEAT_GUI)
|
|
static
|
|
#endif
|
|
HWND s_hwnd = NULL;
|
|
static HDC s_hdc = NULL;
|
|
static HBRUSH s_brush = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
static HWND s_toolbarhwnd = NULL;
|
|
static WNDPROC s_toolbar_wndproc = NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
static HWND s_tabhwnd = NULL;
|
|
static WNDPROC s_tabline_wndproc = NULL;
|
|
static int showing_tabline = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static WPARAM s_wParam = 0;
|
|
static LPARAM s_lParam = 0;
|
|
|
|
static HWND s_textArea = NULL;
|
|
static UINT s_uMsg = 0;
|
|
|
|
static char_u *s_textfield; /* Used by dialogs to pass back strings */
|
|
|
|
static int s_need_activate = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* This variable is set when waiting for an event, which is the only moment
|
|
* scrollbar dragging can be done directly. It's not allowed while commands
|
|
* are executed, because it may move the cursor and that may cause unexpected
|
|
* problems (e.g., while ":s" is working).
|
|
*/
|
|
static int allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
# define MyTranslateMessage(x) global_ime_TranslateMessage(x)
|
|
#else
|
|
# define MyTranslateMessage(x) TranslateMessage(x)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
static int
|
|
directx_enabled(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (s_dwc != NULL)
|
|
return 1;
|
|
else if (s_directx_load_attempted)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
/* load DirectX */
|
|
DWrite_Init();
|
|
s_directx_load_attempted = 1;
|
|
s_dwc = DWriteContext_Open();
|
|
directx_binddc();
|
|
return s_dwc != NULL ? 1 : 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
directx_binddc(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (s_textArea != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect);
|
|
DWriteContext_BindDC(s_dwc, s_hdc, &rect);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) || defined(GLOBAL_IME)
|
|
/* use of WindowProc depends on wide_WindowProc */
|
|
# define MyWindowProc vim_WindowProc
|
|
#else
|
|
/* use ordinary WindowProc */
|
|
# define MyWindowProc DefWindowProc
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
extern int current_font_height; /* this is in os_mswin.c */
|
|
|
|
static struct
|
|
{
|
|
UINT key_sym;
|
|
char_u vim_code0;
|
|
char_u vim_code1;
|
|
} special_keys[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{VK_UP, 'k', 'u'},
|
|
{VK_DOWN, 'k', 'd'},
|
|
{VK_LEFT, 'k', 'l'},
|
|
{VK_RIGHT, 'k', 'r'},
|
|
|
|
{VK_F1, 'k', '1'},
|
|
{VK_F2, 'k', '2'},
|
|
{VK_F3, 'k', '3'},
|
|
{VK_F4, 'k', '4'},
|
|
{VK_F5, 'k', '5'},
|
|
{VK_F6, 'k', '6'},
|
|
{VK_F7, 'k', '7'},
|
|
{VK_F8, 'k', '8'},
|
|
{VK_F9, 'k', '9'},
|
|
{VK_F10, 'k', ';'},
|
|
|
|
{VK_F11, 'F', '1'},
|
|
{VK_F12, 'F', '2'},
|
|
{VK_F13, 'F', '3'},
|
|
{VK_F14, 'F', '4'},
|
|
{VK_F15, 'F', '5'},
|
|
{VK_F16, 'F', '6'},
|
|
{VK_F17, 'F', '7'},
|
|
{VK_F18, 'F', '8'},
|
|
{VK_F19, 'F', '9'},
|
|
{VK_F20, 'F', 'A'},
|
|
|
|
{VK_F21, 'F', 'B'},
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
{VK_PAUSE, 'F', 'B'}, /* Pause == F21 (see gui_gtk_x11.c) */
|
|
#endif
|
|
{VK_F22, 'F', 'C'},
|
|
{VK_F23, 'F', 'D'},
|
|
{VK_F24, 'F', 'E'}, /* winuser.h defines up to F24 */
|
|
|
|
{VK_HELP, '%', '1'},
|
|
{VK_BACK, 'k', 'b'},
|
|
{VK_INSERT, 'k', 'I'},
|
|
{VK_DELETE, 'k', 'D'},
|
|
{VK_HOME, 'k', 'h'},
|
|
{VK_END, '@', '7'},
|
|
{VK_PRIOR, 'k', 'P'},
|
|
{VK_NEXT, 'k', 'N'},
|
|
{VK_PRINT, '%', '9'},
|
|
{VK_ADD, 'K', '6'},
|
|
{VK_SUBTRACT, 'K', '7'},
|
|
{VK_DIVIDE, 'K', '8'},
|
|
{VK_MULTIPLY, 'K', '9'},
|
|
{VK_SEPARATOR, 'K', 'A'}, /* Keypad Enter */
|
|
{VK_DECIMAL, 'K', 'B'},
|
|
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD0, 'K', 'C'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD1, 'K', 'D'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD2, 'K', 'E'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD3, 'K', 'F'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD4, 'K', 'G'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD5, 'K', 'H'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD6, 'K', 'I'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD7, 'K', 'J'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD8, 'K', 'K'},
|
|
{VK_NUMPAD9, 'K', 'L'},
|
|
|
|
/* Keys that we want to be able to use any modifier with: */
|
|
{VK_SPACE, ' ', NUL},
|
|
{VK_TAB, TAB, NUL},
|
|
{VK_ESCAPE, ESC, NUL},
|
|
{NL, NL, NUL},
|
|
{CAR, CAR, NUL},
|
|
|
|
/* End of list marker: */
|
|
{0, 0, 0}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/* Local variables */
|
|
static int s_button_pending = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* s_getting_focus is set when we got focus but didn't see mouse-up event yet,
|
|
* so don't reset s_button_pending. */
|
|
static int s_getting_focus = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
static int s_x_pending;
|
|
static int s_y_pending;
|
|
static UINT s_kFlags_pending;
|
|
static UINT s_wait_timer = 0; // Timer for get char from user
|
|
static int s_timed_out = FALSE;
|
|
static int dead_key = 0; // 0: no dead key, 1: dead key pressed
|
|
static UINT surrogate_pending_ch = 0; // 0: no surrogate pending,
|
|
// else a high surrogate
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
|
|
/* balloon-eval WM_NOTIFY_HANDLER */
|
|
static void Handle_WM_Notify(HWND hwnd, LPNMHDR pnmh);
|
|
static void TrackUserActivity(UINT uMsg);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* For control IME.
|
|
*
|
|
* These LOGFONT used for IME.
|
|
*/
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) || defined(GLOBAL_IME)
|
|
/* holds LOGFONT for 'guifontwide' if available, otherwise 'guifont' */
|
|
static LOGFONT norm_logfont;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
/* holds LOGFONT for 'guifont' always. */
|
|
static LOGFONT sub_logfont;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
static LRESULT _OnImeNotify(HWND hWnd, DWORD dwCommand, DWORD dwData);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_BROWSE)
|
|
static char_u *convert_filter(char_u *s);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef DEBUG_PRINT_ERROR
|
|
/*
|
|
* Print out the last Windows error message
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
print_windows_error(void)
|
|
{
|
|
LPVOID lpMsgBuf;
|
|
|
|
FormatMessage(FORMAT_MESSAGE_ALLOCATE_BUFFER | FORMAT_MESSAGE_FROM_SYSTEM,
|
|
NULL, GetLastError(),
|
|
MAKELANGID(LANG_NEUTRAL, SUBLANG_DEFAULT),
|
|
(LPTSTR) &lpMsgBuf, 0, NULL);
|
|
TRACE1("Error: %s\n", lpMsgBuf);
|
|
LocalFree(lpMsgBuf);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Cursor blink functions.
|
|
*
|
|
* This is a simple state machine:
|
|
* BLINK_NONE not blinking at all
|
|
* BLINK_OFF blinking, cursor is not shown
|
|
* BLINK_ON blinking, cursor is shown
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#define BLINK_NONE 0
|
|
#define BLINK_OFF 1
|
|
#define BLINK_ON 2
|
|
|
|
static int blink_state = BLINK_NONE;
|
|
static long_u blink_waittime = 700;
|
|
static long_u blink_ontime = 400;
|
|
static long_u blink_offtime = 250;
|
|
static UINT blink_timer = 0;
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_is_blinking(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return blink_state != BLINK_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_is_blink_off(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return blink_state == BLINK_OFF;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_blinking(long wait, long on, long off)
|
|
{
|
|
blink_waittime = wait;
|
|
blink_ontime = on;
|
|
blink_offtime = off;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static VOID CALLBACK
|
|
_OnBlinkTimer(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg UNUSED,
|
|
UINT idEvent,
|
|
DWORD dwTime UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
TRACE2("Got timer event, id %d, blink_timer %d\n", idEvent, blink_timer);
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
KillTimer(NULL, idEvent);
|
|
|
|
/* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
|
|
while (pPeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
if (blink_state == BLINK_ON)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_undraw_cursor();
|
|
blink_state = BLINK_OFF;
|
|
blink_timer = (UINT) SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_offtime,
|
|
(TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
blink_timer = (UINT) SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_ontime,
|
|
(TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
}
|
|
gui_mch_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gui_mswin_rm_blink_timer(void)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
|
|
if (blink_timer != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
KillTimer(NULL, blink_timer);
|
|
/* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
|
|
while (pPeekMessage(&msg, s_hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
|
|
;
|
|
blink_timer = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Stop the cursor blinking. Show the cursor if it wasn't shown.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_stop_blink(int may_call_gui_update_cursor)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mswin_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
if (blink_state == BLINK_OFF && may_call_gui_update_cursor)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
gui_mch_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
blink_state = BLINK_NONE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start the cursor blinking. If it was already blinking, this restarts the
|
|
* waiting time and shows the cursor.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_start_blink(void)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mswin_rm_blink_timer();
|
|
|
|
/* Only switch blinking on if none of the times is zero */
|
|
if (blink_waittime && blink_ontime && blink_offtime && gui.in_focus)
|
|
{
|
|
blink_timer = (UINT)SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)blink_waittime,
|
|
(TIMERPROC)_OnBlinkTimer);
|
|
blink_state = BLINK_ON;
|
|
gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
gui_mch_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Call-back routines.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static VOID CALLBACK
|
|
_OnTimer(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg UNUSED,
|
|
UINT idEvent,
|
|
DWORD dwTime UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
TRACE2("Got timer event, id %d, s_wait_timer %d\n", idEvent, s_wait_timer);
|
|
*/
|
|
KillTimer(NULL, idEvent);
|
|
s_timed_out = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
|
|
while (pPeekMessage(&msg, hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
|
|
;
|
|
if (idEvent == s_wait_timer)
|
|
s_wait_timer = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnDeadChar(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
UINT ch UNUSED,
|
|
int cRepeat UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
dead_key = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert Unicode character "ch" to bytes in "string[slen]".
|
|
* When "had_alt" is TRUE the ALT key was included in "ch".
|
|
* Return the length.
|
|
* Because the Windows API uses UTF-16, we have to deal with surrogate
|
|
* pairs; this is where we choose to deal with them: if "ch" is a high
|
|
* surrogate, it will be stored, and the length returned will be zero; the next
|
|
* char_to_string call will then include the high surrogate, decoding the pair
|
|
* of UTF-16 code units to a single Unicode code point, presuming it is the
|
|
* matching low surrogate.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
char_to_string(int ch, char_u *string, int slen, int had_alt)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
int i;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
WCHAR wstring[2];
|
|
char_u *ws = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (surrogate_pending_ch != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We don't guarantee ch is a low surrogate to match the high surrogate
|
|
* we already have; it should be, but if it isn't, tough luck. */
|
|
wstring[0] = surrogate_pending_ch;
|
|
wstring[1] = ch;
|
|
surrogate_pending_ch = 0;
|
|
len = 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (ch >= 0xD800 && ch <= 0xDBFF) /* high surrogate */
|
|
{
|
|
/* We don't have the entire code point yet, only the first UTF-16 code
|
|
* unit; so just remember it and use it in the next call. */
|
|
surrogate_pending_ch = ch;
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wstring[0] = ch;
|
|
len = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* "ch" is a UTF-16 character. Convert it to a string of bytes. When
|
|
* "enc_codepage" is non-zero use the standard Win32 function,
|
|
* otherwise use our own conversion function (e.g., for UTF-8). */
|
|
if (enc_codepage > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
len = WideCharToMultiByte(enc_codepage, 0, wstring, len,
|
|
(LPSTR)string, slen, 0, NULL);
|
|
/* If we had included the ALT key into the character but now the
|
|
* upper bit is no longer set, that probably means the conversion
|
|
* failed. Convert the original character and set the upper bit
|
|
* afterwards. */
|
|
if (had_alt && len == 1 && ch >= 0x80 && string[0] < 0x80)
|
|
{
|
|
wstring[0] = ch & 0x7f;
|
|
len = WideCharToMultiByte(enc_codepage, 0, wstring, len,
|
|
(LPSTR)string, slen, 0, NULL);
|
|
if (len == 1) /* safety check */
|
|
string[0] |= 0x80;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ws = utf16_to_enc(wstring, &len);
|
|
if (ws == NULL)
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (len > slen) /* just in case */
|
|
len = slen;
|
|
mch_memmove(string, ws, len);
|
|
vim_free(ws);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (len == 0)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
string[0] = ch;
|
|
len = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
if (string[i] == CSI && len <= slen - 2)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Insert CSI as K_CSI. */
|
|
mch_memmove(string + i + 3, string + i + 1, len - i - 1);
|
|
string[++i] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
string[++i] = (int)KE_CSI;
|
|
len += 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Key hit, add it to the input buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnChar(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
UINT ch,
|
|
int cRepeat UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u string[40];
|
|
int len = 0;
|
|
|
|
dead_key = 0;
|
|
|
|
len = char_to_string(ch, string, 40, FALSE);
|
|
if (len == 1 && string[0] == Ctrl_C && ctrl_c_interrupts)
|
|
{
|
|
trash_input_buf();
|
|
got_int = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Alt-Key hit, add it to the input buffer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnSysChar(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
UINT cch,
|
|
int cRepeat UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u string[40]; /* Enough for multibyte character */
|
|
int len;
|
|
int modifiers;
|
|
int ch = cch; /* special keys are negative */
|
|
|
|
dead_key = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* TRACE("OnSysChar(%d, %c)\n", ch, ch); */
|
|
|
|
/* OK, we have a character key (given by ch) which was entered with the
|
|
* ALT key pressed. Eg, if the user presses Alt-A, then ch == 'A'. Note
|
|
* that the system distinguishes Alt-a and Alt-A (Alt-Shift-a unless
|
|
* CAPSLOCK is pressed) at this point.
|
|
*/
|
|
modifiers = MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)
|
|
modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000)
|
|
modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
|
|
ch = simplify_key(ch, &modifiers);
|
|
/* remove the SHIFT modifier for keys where it's already included, e.g.,
|
|
* '(' and '*' */
|
|
if (ch < 0x100 && !isalpha(ch) && isprint(ch))
|
|
modifiers &= ~MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
|
|
/* Interpret the ALT key as making the key META, include SHIFT, etc. */
|
|
ch = extract_modifiers(ch, &modifiers);
|
|
if (ch == CSI)
|
|
ch = K_CSI;
|
|
|
|
len = 0;
|
|
if (modifiers)
|
|
{
|
|
string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
string[len++] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
string[len++] = modifiers;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IS_SPECIAL((int)ch))
|
|
{
|
|
string[len++] = CSI;
|
|
string[len++] = K_SECOND((int)ch);
|
|
string[len++] = K_THIRD((int)ch);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Although the documentation isn't clear about it, we assume "ch" is
|
|
* a Unicode character. */
|
|
len += char_to_string(ch, string + len, 40 - len, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnMouseEvent(
|
|
int button,
|
|
int x,
|
|
int y,
|
|
int repeated_click,
|
|
UINT keyFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
int vim_modifiers = 0x0;
|
|
|
|
s_getting_focus = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (keyFlags & MK_SHIFT)
|
|
vim_modifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
if (keyFlags & MK_CONTROL)
|
|
vim_modifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
|
|
vim_modifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
|
gui_send_mouse_event(button, x, y, repeated_click, vim_modifiers);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnMouseButtonDown(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
BOOL fDoubleClick UNUSED,
|
|
int x,
|
|
int y,
|
|
UINT keyFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
static LONG s_prevTime = 0;
|
|
|
|
LONG currentTime = GetMessageTime();
|
|
int button = -1;
|
|
int repeated_click;
|
|
|
|
/* Give main window the focus: this is so the cursor isn't hollow. */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
if (s_uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK)
|
|
button = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
else if (s_uMsg == WM_MBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK)
|
|
button = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
|
|
else if (s_uMsg == WM_RBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK)
|
|
button = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
else if (s_uMsg == WM_XBUTTONDOWN || s_uMsg == WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifndef GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM
|
|
# define GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM(wParam) (HIWORD(wParam))
|
|
#endif
|
|
button = ((GET_XBUTTON_WPARAM(s_wParam) == 1) ? MOUSE_X1 : MOUSE_X2);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (s_uMsg == WM_CAPTURECHANGED)
|
|
{
|
|
/* on W95/NT4, somehow you get in here with an odd Msg
|
|
* if you press one button while holding down the other..*/
|
|
if (s_button_pending == MOUSE_LEFT)
|
|
button = MOUSE_RIGHT;
|
|
else
|
|
button = MOUSE_LEFT;
|
|
}
|
|
if (button >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
repeated_click = ((int)(currentTime - s_prevTime) < p_mouset);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Holding down the left and right buttons simulates pushing the middle
|
|
* button.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (repeated_click
|
|
&& ((button == MOUSE_LEFT && s_button_pending == MOUSE_RIGHT)
|
|
|| (button == MOUSE_RIGHT
|
|
&& s_button_pending == MOUSE_LEFT)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Hmm, gui.c will ignore more than one button down at a time, so
|
|
* pretend we let go of it first.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_send_mouse_event(MOUSE_RELEASE, x, y, FALSE, 0x0);
|
|
button = MOUSE_MIDDLE;
|
|
repeated_click = FALSE;
|
|
s_button_pending = -1;
|
|
_OnMouseEvent(button, x, y, repeated_click, keyFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((repeated_click)
|
|
|| (mouse_model_popup() && (button == MOUSE_RIGHT)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (s_button_pending > -1)
|
|
{
|
|
_OnMouseEvent(s_button_pending, x, y, FALSE, keyFlags);
|
|
s_button_pending = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
/* TRACE("Button down at x %d, y %d\n", x, y); */
|
|
_OnMouseEvent(button, x, y, repeated_click, keyFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this is the first press (i.e. not a multiple click) don't
|
|
* action immediately, but store and wait for:
|
|
* i) button-up
|
|
* ii) mouse move
|
|
* iii) another button press
|
|
* before using it.
|
|
* This enables us to make left+right simulate middle button,
|
|
* without left or right being actioned first. The side-effect is
|
|
* that if you click and hold the mouse without dragging, the
|
|
* cursor doesn't move until you release the button. In practice
|
|
* this is hardly a problem.
|
|
*/
|
|
s_button_pending = button;
|
|
s_x_pending = x;
|
|
s_y_pending = y;
|
|
s_kFlags_pending = keyFlags;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
s_prevTime = currentTime;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnMouseMoveOrRelease(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
int x,
|
|
int y,
|
|
UINT keyFlags)
|
|
{
|
|
int button;
|
|
|
|
s_getting_focus = FALSE;
|
|
if (s_button_pending > -1)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Delayed action for mouse down event */
|
|
_OnMouseEvent(s_button_pending, s_x_pending,
|
|
s_y_pending, FALSE, s_kFlags_pending);
|
|
s_button_pending = -1;
|
|
}
|
|
if (s_uMsg == WM_MOUSEMOVE)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* It's only a MOUSE_DRAG if one or more mouse buttons are being held
|
|
* down.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!(keyFlags & (MK_LBUTTON | MK_MBUTTON | MK_RBUTTON
|
|
| MK_XBUTTON1 | MK_XBUTTON2)))
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mouse_moved(x, y);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* While button is down, keep grabbing mouse move events when
|
|
* the mouse goes outside the window
|
|
*/
|
|
SetCapture(s_textArea);
|
|
button = MOUSE_DRAG;
|
|
/* TRACE(" move at x %d, y %d\n", x, y); */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
ReleaseCapture();
|
|
button = MOUSE_RELEASE;
|
|
/* TRACE(" up at x %d, y %d\n", x, y); */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
_OnMouseEvent(button, x, y, FALSE, keyFlags);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnSizeTextArea(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
UINT state UNUSED,
|
|
int cx UNUSED,
|
|
int cy UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
directx_binddc();
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the vimmenu_T with the given id
|
|
*/
|
|
static vimmenu_T *
|
|
gui_mswin_find_menu(
|
|
vimmenu_T *pMenu,
|
|
int id)
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *pChildMenu;
|
|
|
|
while (pMenu)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pMenu->id == (UINT)id)
|
|
break;
|
|
if (pMenu->children != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
pChildMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(pMenu->children, id);
|
|
if (pChildMenu)
|
|
{
|
|
pMenu = pChildMenu;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
pMenu = pMenu->next;
|
|
}
|
|
return pMenu;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnMenu(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
int id,
|
|
HWND hwndCtl UNUSED,
|
|
UINT codeNotify UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
|
pMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(root_menu, id);
|
|
if (pMenu)
|
|
gui_menu_cb(pMenu);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* copy useful data from structure LPFINDREPLACE to structure LPFINDREPLACEW
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
findrep_atow(LPFINDREPLACEW lpfrw, LPFINDREPLACE lpfr)
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR *wp;
|
|
|
|
lpfrw->hwndOwner = lpfr->hwndOwner;
|
|
lpfrw->Flags = lpfr->Flags;
|
|
|
|
wp = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)lpfr->lpstrFindWhat, NULL);
|
|
wcsncpy(lpfrw->lpstrFindWhat, wp, lpfrw->wFindWhatLen - 1);
|
|
vim_free(wp);
|
|
|
|
/* the field "lpstrReplaceWith" doesn't need to be copied */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* copy useful data from structure LPFINDREPLACEW to structure LPFINDREPLACE
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
findrep_wtoa(LPFINDREPLACE lpfr, LPFINDREPLACEW lpfrw)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
lpfr->Flags = lpfrw->Flags;
|
|
|
|
p = utf16_to_enc((short_u*)lpfrw->lpstrFindWhat, NULL);
|
|
vim_strncpy((char_u *)lpfr->lpstrFindWhat, p, lpfr->wFindWhatLen - 1);
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
|
|
p = utf16_to_enc((short_u*)lpfrw->lpstrReplaceWith, NULL);
|
|
vim_strncpy((char_u *)lpfr->lpstrReplaceWith, p, lpfr->wReplaceWithLen - 1);
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle a Find/Replace window message.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnFindRepl(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int flags = 0;
|
|
int down;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active codepage:
|
|
* convert text from wide string. */
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
findrep_wtoa(&s_findrep_struct, &s_findrep_struct_w);
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_DIALOGTERM)
|
|
/* Give main window the focus back. */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_FINDNEXT)
|
|
{
|
|
flags = FRD_FINDNEXT;
|
|
|
|
/* Give main window the focus back: this is so the cursor isn't
|
|
* hollow. */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_REPLACE)
|
|
{
|
|
flags = FRD_REPLACE;
|
|
|
|
/* Give main window the focus back: this is so the cursor isn't
|
|
* hollow. */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
else if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_REPLACEALL)
|
|
{
|
|
flags = FRD_REPLACEALL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (flags != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Call the generic GUI function to do the actual work. */
|
|
if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_WHOLEWORD)
|
|
flags |= FRD_WHOLE_WORD;
|
|
if (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_MATCHCASE)
|
|
flags |= FRD_MATCH_CASE;
|
|
down = (s_findrep_struct.Flags & FR_DOWN) != 0;
|
|
gui_do_findrepl(flags, (char_u *)s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat,
|
|
(char_u *)s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith, down);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
HandleMouseHide(UINT uMsg, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
static LPARAM last_lParam = 0L;
|
|
|
|
/* We sometimes get a mousemove when the mouse didn't move... */
|
|
if (uMsg == WM_MOUSEMOVE || uMsg == WM_NCMOUSEMOVE)
|
|
{
|
|
if (lParam == last_lParam)
|
|
return;
|
|
last_lParam = lParam;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Handle specially, to centralise coding. We need to be sure we catch all
|
|
* possible events which should cause us to restore the cursor (as it is a
|
|
* shared resource, we take full responsibility for it).
|
|
*/
|
|
switch (uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_KEYUP:
|
|
case WM_CHAR:
|
|
/*
|
|
* blank out the pointer if necessary
|
|
*/
|
|
if (p_mh)
|
|
gui_mch_mousehide(TRUE);
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WM_SYSKEYUP: /* show the pointer when a system-key is pressed */
|
|
case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
|
case WM_MOUSEMOVE: /* show the pointer on any mouse action */
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_MBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_MBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_RBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_XBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_XBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_NCMOUSEMOVE:
|
|
case WM_NCLBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_NCLBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_NCMBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_NCMBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_NCRBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
case WM_NCRBUTTONUP:
|
|
case WM_KILLFOCUS:
|
|
/*
|
|
* if the pointer is currently hidden, then we should show it.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
_TextAreaWndProc(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
TRACE("TextAreaWndProc: hwnd = %08x, msg = %x, wParam = %x, lParam = %x\n",
|
|
hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
|
|
|
|
s_uMsg = uMsg;
|
|
s_wParam = wParam;
|
|
s_lParam = lParam;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
|
|
TrackUserActivity(uMsg);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
switch (uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_LBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_LBUTTONUP, _OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MBUTTONUP, _OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MOUSEMOVE, _OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_PAINT, _OnPaint);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_RBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_RBUTTONUP, _OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_XBUTTONDBLCLK,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_XBUTTONDOWN,_OnMouseButtonDown);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_XBUTTONUP, _OnMouseMoveOrRelease);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SIZE, _OnSizeTextArea);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
|
|
case WM_NOTIFY: Handle_WM_Notify(hwnd, (LPNMHDR)lParam);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
default:
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) \
|
|
|| defined(GLOBAL_IME) \
|
|
|| defined(PROTO)
|
|
# ifdef PROTO
|
|
typedef int WINAPI;
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
LRESULT WINAPI
|
|
vim_WindowProc(HWND hwnd, UINT message, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
return global_ime_DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
# else
|
|
if (wide_WindowProc)
|
|
return DefWindowProcW(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return DefWindowProc(hwnd, message, wParam, lParam);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called when the foreground or background color has been changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_new_colors(void)
|
|
{
|
|
/* nothing to do? */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the colors to their default values.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_def_colors(void)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.norm_pixel = GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOWTEXT);
|
|
gui.back_pixel = GetSysColor(COLOR_WINDOW);
|
|
gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Open the GUI window which was created by a call to gui_mch_init().
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_open(void)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifndef SW_SHOWDEFAULT
|
|
# define SW_SHOWDEFAULT 10 /* Borland 5.0 doesn't have it */
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Actually open the window, if not already visible
|
|
* (may be done already in gui_mch_set_shellsize) */
|
|
if (!IsWindowVisible(s_hwnd))
|
|
ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_SHOWDEFAULT);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
/* Init replace string here, so that we keep it when re-opening the
|
|
* dialog. */
|
|
s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the position of the top left corner of the window.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_get_winpos(int *x, int *y)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
|
|
*x = rect.left;
|
|
*y = rect.top;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the position of the top left corner of the window to the given
|
|
* coordinates.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_winpos(int x, int y)
|
|
{
|
|
SetWindowPos(s_hwnd, NULL, x, y, 0, 0,
|
|
SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
|
|
}
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_text_area_pos(int x, int y, int w, int h)
|
|
{
|
|
static int oldx = 0;
|
|
static int oldy = 0;
|
|
|
|
SetWindowPos(s_textArea, NULL, x, y, w, h, SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL)
|
|
SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, WM_SIZE,
|
|
(WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(w + ((long)(TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT+8)<<16)));
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
|
|
if (showing_tabline)
|
|
{
|
|
int top = 0;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
if (vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL)
|
|
top = TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT + TOOLBAR_BORDER_HEIGHT;
|
|
# endif
|
|
GetClientRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
|
|
MoveWindow(s_tabhwnd, 0, top, rect.right, gui.tabline_height, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* When side scroll bar is unshown, the size of window will change.
|
|
* then, the text area move left or right. thus client rect should be
|
|
* forcedly redrawn. (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) */
|
|
if (oldx != x || oldy != y)
|
|
{
|
|
InvalidateRect(s_hwnd, NULL, FALSE);
|
|
oldx = x;
|
|
oldy = y;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Scrollbar stuff:
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_enable_scrollbar(
|
|
scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
int flag)
|
|
{
|
|
ShowScrollBar(sb->id, SB_CTL, flag);
|
|
|
|
/* TODO: When the window is maximized, the size of the window stays the
|
|
* same, thus the size of the text area changes. On Win98 it's OK, on Win
|
|
* NT 4.0 it's not... */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_scrollbar_pos(
|
|
scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
int x,
|
|
int y,
|
|
int w,
|
|
int h)
|
|
{
|
|
SetWindowPos(sb->id, NULL, x, y, w, h,
|
|
SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_SHOWWINDOW);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_create_scrollbar(
|
|
scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
int orient) /* SBAR_VERT or SBAR_HORIZ */
|
|
{
|
|
sb->id = CreateWindow(
|
|
"SCROLLBAR", "Scrollbar",
|
|
WS_CHILD | ((orient == SBAR_VERT) ? SBS_VERT : SBS_HORZ), 0, 0,
|
|
10, /* Any value will do for now */
|
|
10, /* Any value will do for now */
|
|
s_hwnd, NULL,
|
|
s_hinst, NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Find the scrollbar with the given hwnd.
|
|
*/
|
|
static scrollbar_T *
|
|
gui_mswin_find_scrollbar(HWND hwnd)
|
|
{
|
|
win_T *wp;
|
|
|
|
if (gui.bottom_sbar.id == hwnd)
|
|
return &gui.bottom_sbar;
|
|
FOR_ALL_WINDOWS(wp)
|
|
{
|
|
if (wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id == hwnd)
|
|
return &wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT];
|
|
if (wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id == hwnd)
|
|
return &wp->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT];
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the character size of a font.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
GetFontSize(GuiFont font)
|
|
{
|
|
HWND hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
|
|
HDC hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
|
|
HFONT hfntOld = SelectFont(hdc, (HFONT)font);
|
|
TEXTMETRIC tm;
|
|
|
|
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
|
|
gui.char_width = tm.tmAveCharWidth + tm.tmOverhang;
|
|
|
|
gui.char_height = tm.tmHeight + p_linespace;
|
|
|
|
SelectFont(hdc, hfntOld);
|
|
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Adjust gui.char_height (after 'linespace' was changed).
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_adjust_charheight(void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetFontSize(gui.norm_font);
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static GuiFont
|
|
get_font_handle(LOGFONT *lf)
|
|
{
|
|
HFONT font = NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Load the font */
|
|
font = CreateFontIndirect(lf);
|
|
|
|
if (font == NULL)
|
|
return NOFONT;
|
|
|
|
return (GuiFont)font;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
pixels_to_points(int pixels, int vertical)
|
|
{
|
|
int points;
|
|
HWND hwnd;
|
|
HDC hdc;
|
|
|
|
hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
|
|
hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
|
|
|
|
points = MulDiv(pixels, 72,
|
|
GetDeviceCaps(hdc, vertical ? LOGPIXELSY : LOGPIXELSX));
|
|
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
|
|
|
|
return points;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
GuiFont
|
|
gui_mch_get_font(
|
|
char_u *name,
|
|
int giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
{
|
|
LOGFONT lf;
|
|
GuiFont font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
|
if (get_logfont(&lf, name, NULL, giveErrorIfMissing) == OK)
|
|
font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
if (font == NOFONT && giveErrorIfMissing)
|
|
EMSG2(_(e_font), name);
|
|
return font;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the name of font "font" in allocated memory.
|
|
* Don't know how to get the actual name, thus use the provided name.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
gui_mch_get_fontname(GuiFont font UNUSED, char_u *name)
|
|
{
|
|
if (name == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
return vim_strsave(name);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
{
|
|
if (font)
|
|
DeleteObject((HFONT)font);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the Pixel value (color) for the given color name.
|
|
* Return INVALCOLOR for error.
|
|
*/
|
|
guicolor_T
|
|
gui_mch_get_color(char_u *name)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
typedef struct SysColorTable
|
|
{
|
|
char *name;
|
|
int color;
|
|
} SysColorTable;
|
|
|
|
static SysColorTable sys_table[] =
|
|
{
|
|
{"SYS_3DDKSHADOW", COLOR_3DDKSHADOW},
|
|
{"SYS_3DHILIGHT", COLOR_3DHILIGHT},
|
|
#ifdef COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT
|
|
{"SYS_3DHIGHLIGHT", COLOR_3DHIGHLIGHT},
|
|
#endif
|
|
{"SYS_BTNHILIGHT", COLOR_BTNHILIGHT},
|
|
{"SYS_BTNHIGHLIGHT", COLOR_BTNHIGHLIGHT},
|
|
{"SYS_3DLIGHT", COLOR_3DLIGHT},
|
|
{"SYS_3DSHADOW", COLOR_3DSHADOW},
|
|
{"SYS_DESKTOP", COLOR_DESKTOP},
|
|
{"SYS_INFOBK", COLOR_INFOBK},
|
|
{"SYS_INFOTEXT", COLOR_INFOTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_3DFACE", COLOR_3DFACE},
|
|
{"SYS_BTNFACE", COLOR_BTNFACE},
|
|
{"SYS_BTNSHADOW", COLOR_BTNSHADOW},
|
|
{"SYS_ACTIVEBORDER", COLOR_ACTIVEBORDER},
|
|
{"SYS_ACTIVECAPTION", COLOR_ACTIVECAPTION},
|
|
{"SYS_APPWORKSPACE", COLOR_APPWORKSPACE},
|
|
{"SYS_BACKGROUND", COLOR_BACKGROUND},
|
|
{"SYS_BTNTEXT", COLOR_BTNTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_CAPTIONTEXT", COLOR_CAPTIONTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_GRAYTEXT", COLOR_GRAYTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_HIGHLIGHT", COLOR_HIGHLIGHT},
|
|
{"SYS_HIGHLIGHTTEXT", COLOR_HIGHLIGHTTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_INACTIVEBORDER", COLOR_INACTIVEBORDER},
|
|
{"SYS_INACTIVECAPTION", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTION},
|
|
{"SYS_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT", COLOR_INACTIVECAPTIONTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_MENU", COLOR_MENU},
|
|
{"SYS_MENUTEXT", COLOR_MENUTEXT},
|
|
{"SYS_SCROLLBAR", COLOR_SCROLLBAR},
|
|
{"SYS_WINDOW", COLOR_WINDOW},
|
|
{"SYS_WINDOWFRAME", COLOR_WINDOWFRAME},
|
|
{"SYS_WINDOWTEXT", COLOR_WINDOWTEXT}
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Try to look up a system colour.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (i = 0; i < sizeof(sys_table) / sizeof(sys_table[0]); i++)
|
|
if (STRICMP(name, sys_table[i].name) == 0)
|
|
return GetSysColor(sys_table[i].color);
|
|
|
|
return gui_get_color_cmn(name);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
guicolor_T
|
|
gui_mch_get_rgb_color(int r, int g, int b)
|
|
{
|
|
return gui_get_rgb_color_cmn(r, g, b);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return OK if the key with the termcap name "name" is supported.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_haskey(char_u *name)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; special_keys[i].vim_code1 != NUL; i++)
|
|
if (name[0] == special_keys[i].vim_code0 &&
|
|
name[1] == special_keys[i].vim_code1)
|
|
return OK;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_beep(void)
|
|
{
|
|
MessageBeep(MB_OK);
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Invert a rectangle from row r, column c, for nr rows and nc columns.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_invert_rectangle(
|
|
int r,
|
|
int c,
|
|
int nr,
|
|
int nc)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc.left = FILL_X(c);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(r);
|
|
rc.right = rc.left + nc * gui.char_width;
|
|
rc.bottom = rc.top + nr * gui.char_height;
|
|
InvertRect(s_hdc, &rc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Iconify the GUI window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_iconify(void)
|
|
{
|
|
ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_MINIMIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Draw a cursor without focus.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_draw_hollow_cursor(guicolor_T color)
|
|
{
|
|
HBRUSH hbr;
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: FrameRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc.left = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
rc.right = rc.left + gui.char_width;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (mb_lefthalve(gui.row, gui.col))
|
|
rc.right += gui.char_width;
|
|
#endif
|
|
rc.bottom = rc.top + gui.char_height;
|
|
hbr = CreateSolidBrush(color);
|
|
FrameRect(s_hdc, &rc, hbr);
|
|
DeleteBrush(hbr);
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Draw part of a cursor, "w" pixels wide, and "h" pixels high, using
|
|
* color "color".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_draw_part_cursor(
|
|
int w,
|
|
int h,
|
|
guicolor_T color)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: FillRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc.left =
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
/* vertical line should be on the right of current point */
|
|
CURSOR_BAR_RIGHT ? FILL_X(gui.col + 1) - w :
|
|
#endif
|
|
FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(gui.row) + gui.char_height - h;
|
|
rc.right = rc.left + w;
|
|
rc.bottom = rc.top + h;
|
|
|
|
fill_rect(&rc, NULL, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Generates a VK_SPACE when the internal dead_key flag is set to output the
|
|
* dead key's nominal character and re-post the original message.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
outputDeadKey_rePost(MSG originalMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
static MSG deadCharExpel;
|
|
|
|
if (!dead_key)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
dead_key = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Make Windows generate the dead key's character */
|
|
deadCharExpel.message = originalMsg.message;
|
|
deadCharExpel.hwnd = originalMsg.hwnd;
|
|
deadCharExpel.wParam = VK_SPACE;
|
|
|
|
MyTranslateMessage(&deadCharExpel);
|
|
|
|
/* re-generate the current character free of the dead char influence */
|
|
PostMessage(originalMsg.hwnd, originalMsg.message, originalMsg.wParam,
|
|
originalMsg.lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Process a single Windows message.
|
|
* If one is not available we hang until one is.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
process_message(void)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
UINT vk = 0; /* Virtual key */
|
|
char_u string[40];
|
|
int i;
|
|
int modifiers = 0;
|
|
int key;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
static char_u k10[] = {K_SPECIAL, 'k', ';', 0};
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
pGetMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_OLE
|
|
/* Look after OLE Automation commands */
|
|
if (msg.message == WM_OLE)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *str = (char_u *)msg.lParam;
|
|
if (str == NULL || *str == NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Message can't be ours, forward it. Fixes problem with Ultramon
|
|
* 3.0.4 */
|
|
pDispatchMessage(&msg);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
add_to_input_buf(str, (int)STRLEN(str));
|
|
vim_free(str); /* was allocated in CVim::SendKeys() */
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
/* Don't process messages used by the dialog */
|
|
if (s_findrep_hwnd != NULL && pIsDialogMessage(s_findrep_hwnd, &msg))
|
|
{
|
|
HandleMouseHide(msg.message, msg.lParam);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check if it's a special key that we recognise. If not, call
|
|
* TranslateMessage().
|
|
*/
|
|
if (msg.message == WM_KEYDOWN || msg.message == WM_SYSKEYDOWN)
|
|
{
|
|
vk = (int) msg.wParam;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handle dead keys in special conditions in other cases we let Windows
|
|
* handle them and do not interfere.
|
|
*
|
|
* The dead_key flag must be reset on several occasions:
|
|
* - in _OnChar() (or _OnSysChar()) as any dead key was necessarily
|
|
* consumed at that point (This is when we let Windows combine the
|
|
* dead character on its own)
|
|
*
|
|
* - Before doing something special such as regenerating keypresses to
|
|
* expel the dead character as this could trigger an infinite loop if
|
|
* for some reason MyTranslateMessage() do not trigger a call
|
|
* immediately to _OnChar() (or _OnSysChar()).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dead_key)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If a dead key was pressed and the user presses VK_SPACE,
|
|
* VK_BACK, or VK_ESCAPE it means that he actually wants to deal
|
|
* with the dead char now, so do nothing special and let Windows
|
|
* handle it.
|
|
*
|
|
* Note that VK_SPACE combines with the dead_key's character and
|
|
* only one WM_CHAR will be generated by TranslateMessage(), in
|
|
* the two other cases two WM_CHAR will be generated: the dead
|
|
* char and VK_BACK or VK_ESCAPE. That is most likely what the
|
|
* user expects.
|
|
*/
|
|
if ((vk == VK_SPACE || vk == VK_BACK || vk == VK_ESCAPE))
|
|
{
|
|
dead_key = 0;
|
|
MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
/* In modes where we are not typing, dead keys should behave
|
|
* normally */
|
|
else if (!(get_real_state() & (INSERT | CMDLINE | SELECTMODE)))
|
|
{
|
|
outputDeadKey_rePost(msg);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check for CTRL-BREAK */
|
|
if (vk == VK_CANCEL)
|
|
{
|
|
trash_input_buf();
|
|
got_int = TRUE;
|
|
ctrl_break_was_pressed = TRUE;
|
|
string[0] = Ctrl_C;
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; special_keys[i].key_sym != 0; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
/* ignore VK_SPACE when ALT key pressed: system menu */
|
|
if (special_keys[i].key_sym == vk
|
|
&& (vk != VK_SPACE || !(GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000)))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Behave as expected if we have a dead key and the special key
|
|
* is a key that would normally trigger the dead key nominal
|
|
* character output (such as a NUMPAD printable character or
|
|
* the TAB key, etc...).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (dead_key && (special_keys[i].vim_code0 == 'K'
|
|
|| vk == VK_TAB || vk == CAR))
|
|
{
|
|
outputDeadKey_rePost(msg);
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/* Check for <F10>: Windows selects the menu. When <F10> is
|
|
* mapped we want to use the mapping instead. */
|
|
if (vk == VK_F10
|
|
&& gui.menu_is_active
|
|
&& check_map(k10, State, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
NULL, NULL) == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)
|
|
modifiers |= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't use caps-lock as shift, because these are special keys
|
|
* being considered here, and we only want letters to get
|
|
* shifted -- webb
|
|
*/
|
|
/*
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_CAPITAL) & 0x0001)
|
|
modifiers ^= MOD_MASK_SHIFT;
|
|
*/
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000)
|
|
modifiers |= MOD_MASK_CTRL;
|
|
if (GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000)
|
|
modifiers |= MOD_MASK_ALT;
|
|
|
|
if (special_keys[i].vim_code1 == NUL)
|
|
key = special_keys[i].vim_code0;
|
|
else
|
|
key = TO_SPECIAL(special_keys[i].vim_code0,
|
|
special_keys[i].vim_code1);
|
|
key = simplify_key(key, &modifiers);
|
|
if (key == CSI)
|
|
key = K_CSI;
|
|
|
|
if (modifiers)
|
|
{
|
|
string[0] = CSI;
|
|
string[1] = KS_MODIFIER;
|
|
string[2] = modifiers;
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, 3);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (IS_SPECIAL(key))
|
|
{
|
|
string[0] = CSI;
|
|
string[1] = K_SECOND(key);
|
|
string[2] = K_THIRD(key);
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, 3);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
/* Handle "key" as a Unicode character. */
|
|
len = char_to_string(key, string, 40, FALSE);
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, len);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (special_keys[i].key_sym == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Some keys need C-S- where they should only need C-.
|
|
* Ignore 0xff, Windows XP sends it when NUMLOCK has changed since
|
|
* system startup (Helmut Stiegler, 2003 Oct 3). */
|
|
if (vk != 0xff
|
|
&& (GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000)
|
|
&& !(GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000)
|
|
&& !(GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000))
|
|
{
|
|
/* CTRL-6 is '^'; Japanese keyboard maps '^' to vk == 0xDE */
|
|
if (vk == '6' || MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) == (UINT)'^')
|
|
{
|
|
string[0] = Ctrl_HAT;
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
|
|
}
|
|
/* vk == 0xBD AZERTY for CTRL-'-', but CTRL-[ for * QWERTY! */
|
|
else if (vk == 0xBD) /* QWERTY for CTRL-'-' */
|
|
{
|
|
string[0] = Ctrl__;
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
|
|
}
|
|
/* CTRL-2 is '@'; Japanese keyboard maps '@' to vk == 0xC0 */
|
|
else if (vk == '2' || MapVirtualKey(vk, 2) == (UINT)'@')
|
|
{
|
|
string[0] = Ctrl_AT;
|
|
add_to_input_buf(string, 1);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
else if (msg.message == WM_IME_NOTIFY)
|
|
_OnImeNotify(msg.hwnd, (DWORD)msg.wParam, (DWORD)msg.lParam);
|
|
else if (msg.message == WM_KEYUP && im_get_status())
|
|
/* added for non-MS IME (Yasuhiro Matsumoto) */
|
|
MyTranslateMessage(&msg);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if !defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(GLOBAL_IME)
|
|
/* GIME_TEST */
|
|
else if (msg.message == WM_IME_STARTCOMPOSITION)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT point;
|
|
|
|
global_ime_set_font(&norm_logfont);
|
|
point.x = FILL_X(gui.col);
|
|
point.y = FILL_Y(gui.row);
|
|
MapWindowPoints(s_textArea, s_hwnd, &point, 1);
|
|
global_ime_set_position(&point);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/* Check for <F10>: Default effect is to select the menu. When <F10> is
|
|
* mapped we need to stop it here to avoid strange effects (e.g., for the
|
|
* key-up event) */
|
|
if (vk != VK_F10 || check_map(k10, State, FALSE, TRUE, FALSE,
|
|
NULL, NULL) == NULL)
|
|
#endif
|
|
pDispatchMessage(&msg);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Catch up with any queued events. This may put keyboard input into the
|
|
* input buffer, call resize call-backs, trigger timers etc. If there is
|
|
* nothing in the event queue (& no timers pending), then we return
|
|
* immediately.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_update(void)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
|
|
if (!s_busy_processing)
|
|
while (pPeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE)
|
|
&& !vim_is_input_buf_full())
|
|
process_message();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
remove_any_timer(void)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
|
|
if (s_wait_timer != 0 && !s_timed_out)
|
|
{
|
|
KillTimer(NULL, s_wait_timer);
|
|
|
|
/* Eat spurious WM_TIMER messages */
|
|
while (pPeekMessage(&msg, s_hwnd, WM_TIMER, WM_TIMER, PM_REMOVE))
|
|
;
|
|
s_wait_timer = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* GUI input routine called by gui_wait_for_chars(). Waits for a character
|
|
* from the keyboard.
|
|
* wtime == -1 Wait forever.
|
|
* wtime == 0 This should never happen.
|
|
* wtime > 0 Wait wtime milliseconds for a character.
|
|
* Returns OK if a character was found to be available within the given time,
|
|
* or FAIL otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_wait_for_chars(int wtime)
|
|
{
|
|
int focus;
|
|
|
|
s_timed_out = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (wtime > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Don't do anything while processing a (scroll) message. */
|
|
if (s_busy_processing)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
s_wait_timer = (UINT)SetTimer(NULL, 0, (UINT)wtime,
|
|
(TIMERPROC)_OnTimer);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
allow_scrollbar = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
focus = gui.in_focus;
|
|
while (!s_timed_out)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Stop or start blinking when focus changes */
|
|
if (gui.in_focus != focus)
|
|
{
|
|
if (gui.in_focus)
|
|
gui_mch_start_blink();
|
|
else
|
|
gui_mch_stop_blink(TRUE);
|
|
focus = gui.in_focus;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s_need_activate)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)SetForegroundWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
s_need_activate = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
|
|
did_add_timer = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef MESSAGE_QUEUE
|
|
/* Check channel I/O while waiting for a message. */
|
|
for (;;)
|
|
{
|
|
MSG msg;
|
|
|
|
parse_queued_messages();
|
|
|
|
if (pPeekMessage(&msg, NULL, 0, 0, PM_NOREMOVE))
|
|
{
|
|
process_message();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (MsgWaitForMultipleObjects(0, NULL, FALSE, 100, QS_ALLINPUT)
|
|
!= WAIT_TIMEOUT)
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
/*
|
|
* Don't use gui_mch_update() because then we will spin-lock until a
|
|
* char arrives, instead we use GetMessage() to hang until an
|
|
* event arrives. No need to check for input_buf_full because we are
|
|
* returning as soon as it contains a single char -- webb
|
|
*/
|
|
process_message();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (input_available())
|
|
{
|
|
remove_any_timer();
|
|
allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
/* Clear pending mouse button, the release event may have been
|
|
* taken by the dialog window. But don't do this when getting
|
|
* focus, we need the mouse-up event then. */
|
|
if (!s_getting_focus)
|
|
s_button_pending = -1;
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TIMERS
|
|
if (did_add_timer)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to recompute the waiting time. */
|
|
remove_any_timer();
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
allow_scrollbar = FALSE;
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear a rectangular region of the screen from text pos (row1, col1) to
|
|
* (row2, col2) inclusive.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_clear_block(
|
|
int row1,
|
|
int col1,
|
|
int row2,
|
|
int col2)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear one extra pixel at the far right, for when bold characters have
|
|
* spilled over to the window border.
|
|
* Note: FillRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc.left = FILL_X(col1);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(row1);
|
|
rc.right = FILL_X(col2 + 1) + (col2 == Columns - 1);
|
|
rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row2 + 1);
|
|
clear_rect(&rc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear the whole text window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_clear_all(void)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
rc.left = 0;
|
|
rc.top = 0;
|
|
rc.right = Columns * gui.char_width + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
rc.bottom = Rows * gui.char_height + 2 * gui.border_width;
|
|
clear_rect(&rc);
|
|
}
|
|
/*
|
|
* Menu stuff.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_enable_menu(int flag)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
SetMenu(s_hwnd, flag ? s_menuBar : NULL);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_menu_pos(
|
|
int x UNUSED,
|
|
int y UNUSED,
|
|
int w UNUSED,
|
|
int h UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
/* It will be in the right place anyway */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make menu item hidden or not hidden
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_menu_hidden(
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu,
|
|
int hidden)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* This doesn't do what we want. Hmm, just grey the menu items for now.
|
|
*/
|
|
/*
|
|
if (hidden)
|
|
EnableMenuItem(s_menuBar, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_DISABLED);
|
|
else
|
|
EnableMenuItem(s_menuBar, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND | MF_ENABLED);
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_mch_menu_grey(menu, hidden);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* This is called after setting all the menus to grey/hidden or not.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_draw_menubar(void)
|
|
{
|
|
DrawMenuBar(s_hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /*FEAT_MENU*/
|
|
|
|
#ifndef PROTO
|
|
void
|
|
#ifdef VIMDLL
|
|
_export
|
|
#endif
|
|
_cdecl
|
|
SaveInst(HINSTANCE hInst)
|
|
{
|
|
s_hinst = hInst;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the RGB value of a pixel as a long.
|
|
*/
|
|
guicolor_T
|
|
gui_mch_get_rgb(guicolor_T pixel)
|
|
{
|
|
return (guicolor_T)((GetRValue(pixel) << 16) + (GetGValue(pixel) << 8)
|
|
+ GetBValue(pixel));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/* Convert pixels in X to dialog units */
|
|
static WORD
|
|
PixelToDialogX(int numPixels)
|
|
{
|
|
return (WORD)((numPixels * 4) / s_dlgfntwidth);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Convert pixels in Y to dialog units */
|
|
static WORD
|
|
PixelToDialogY(int numPixels)
|
|
{
|
|
return (WORD)((numPixels * 8) / s_dlgfntheight);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Return the width in pixels of the given text in the given DC. */
|
|
static int
|
|
GetTextWidth(HDC hdc, char_u *str, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
SIZE size;
|
|
|
|
GetTextExtentPoint(hdc, (LPCSTR)str, len, &size);
|
|
return size.cx;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return the width in pixels of the given text in the given DC, taking care
|
|
* of 'encoding' to active codepage conversion.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
GetTextWidthEnc(HDC hdc, char_u *str, int len)
|
|
{
|
|
SIZE size;
|
|
WCHAR *wstr;
|
|
int n;
|
|
int wlen = len;
|
|
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
/* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert text and use wide
|
|
* function */
|
|
wstr = enc_to_utf16(str, &wlen);
|
|
if (wstr != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
n = GetTextExtentPointW(hdc, wstr, wlen, &size);
|
|
vim_free(wstr);
|
|
if (n)
|
|
return size.cx;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return GetTextWidth(hdc, str, len);
|
|
}
|
|
#else
|
|
# define GetTextWidthEnc(h, s, l) GetTextWidth((h), (s), (l))
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void get_work_area(RECT *spi_rect);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A quick little routine that will center one window over another, handy for
|
|
* dialog boxes. Taken from the Win32SDK samples and modified for multiple
|
|
* monitors.
|
|
*/
|
|
static BOOL
|
|
CenterWindow(
|
|
HWND hwndChild,
|
|
HWND hwndParent)
|
|
{
|
|
HMONITOR mon;
|
|
MONITORINFO moninfo;
|
|
RECT rChild, rParent, rScreen;
|
|
int wChild, hChild, wParent, hParent;
|
|
int xNew, yNew;
|
|
HDC hdc;
|
|
|
|
GetWindowRect(hwndChild, &rChild);
|
|
wChild = rChild.right - rChild.left;
|
|
hChild = rChild.bottom - rChild.top;
|
|
|
|
/* If Vim is minimized put the window in the middle of the screen. */
|
|
if (hwndParent == NULL || IsMinimized(hwndParent))
|
|
get_work_area(&rParent);
|
|
else
|
|
GetWindowRect(hwndParent, &rParent);
|
|
wParent = rParent.right - rParent.left;
|
|
hParent = rParent.bottom - rParent.top;
|
|
|
|
moninfo.cbSize = sizeof(MONITORINFO);
|
|
mon = MonitorFromWindow(hwndChild, MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY);
|
|
if (mon != NULL && GetMonitorInfo(mon, &moninfo))
|
|
{
|
|
rScreen = moninfo.rcWork;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
hdc = GetDC(hwndChild);
|
|
rScreen.left = 0;
|
|
rScreen.top = 0;
|
|
rScreen.right = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, HORZRES);
|
|
rScreen.bottom = GetDeviceCaps(hdc, VERTRES);
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwndChild, hdc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
xNew = rParent.left + ((wParent - wChild) / 2);
|
|
if (xNew < rScreen.left)
|
|
xNew = rScreen.left;
|
|
else if ((xNew + wChild) > rScreen.right)
|
|
xNew = rScreen.right - wChild;
|
|
|
|
yNew = rParent.top + ((hParent - hChild) / 2);
|
|
if (yNew < rScreen.top)
|
|
yNew = rScreen.top;
|
|
else if ((yNew + hChild) > rScreen.bottom)
|
|
yNew = rScreen.bottom - hChild;
|
|
|
|
return SetWindowPos(hwndChild, NULL, xNew, yNew, 0, 0,
|
|
SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_GUI_DIALOG */
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_activate_window(void)
|
|
{
|
|
(void)SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_show_toolbar(int showit)
|
|
{
|
|
if (s_toolbarhwnd == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (showit)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
# ifndef TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT
|
|
/* For older compilers. We assume this never changes. */
|
|
# define TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT 0x2005
|
|
# endif
|
|
/* Enable/disable unicode support */
|
|
int uu = (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage);
|
|
SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)uu, (LPARAM)0);
|
|
# endif
|
|
ShowWindow(s_toolbarhwnd, SW_SHOW);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
ShowWindow(s_toolbarhwnd, SW_HIDE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Then number of bitmaps is fixed. Exit is missing! */
|
|
#define TOOLBAR_BITMAP_COUNT 31
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
static void
|
|
add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(HMENU pmenu, UINT item_id, char_u *item_text)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
WCHAR *wn = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
/* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert menu name
|
|
* and use wide function */
|
|
wn = enc_to_utf16(item_text, NULL);
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
MENUITEMINFOW infow;
|
|
|
|
infow.cbSize = sizeof(infow);
|
|
infow.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID;
|
|
infow.wID = item_id;
|
|
infow.fType = MFT_STRING;
|
|
infow.dwTypeData = wn;
|
|
infow.cch = (UINT)wcslen(wn);
|
|
InsertMenuItemW(pmenu, item_id, FALSE, &infow);
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wn == NULL)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
MENUITEMINFO info;
|
|
|
|
info.cbSize = sizeof(info);
|
|
info.fMask = MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID;
|
|
info.wID = item_id;
|
|
info.fType = MFT_STRING;
|
|
info.dwTypeData = (LPTSTR)item_text;
|
|
info.cch = (UINT)STRLEN(item_text);
|
|
InsertMenuItem(pmenu, item_id, FALSE, &info);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
show_tabline_popup_menu(void)
|
|
{
|
|
HMENU tab_pmenu;
|
|
long rval;
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
|
|
/* When ignoring events don't show the menu. */
|
|
if (hold_gui_events
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_CMDWIN
|
|
|| cmdwin_type != 0
|
|
# endif
|
|
)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
tab_pmenu = CreatePopupMenu();
|
|
if (tab_pmenu == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (first_tabpage->tp_next != NULL)
|
|
add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(tab_pmenu,
|
|
TABLINE_MENU_CLOSE, (char_u *)_("Close tab"));
|
|
add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(tab_pmenu,
|
|
TABLINE_MENU_NEW, (char_u *)_("New tab"));
|
|
add_tabline_popup_menu_entry(tab_pmenu,
|
|
TABLINE_MENU_OPEN, (char_u *)_("Open tab..."));
|
|
|
|
GetCursorPos(&pt);
|
|
rval = TrackPopupMenuEx(tab_pmenu, TPM_RETURNCMD, pt.x, pt.y, s_tabhwnd,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
|
|
DestroyMenu(tab_pmenu);
|
|
|
|
/* Add the string cmd into input buffer */
|
|
if (rval > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHITTESTINFO htinfo;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
if (ScreenToClient(s_tabhwnd, &pt) == 0)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
htinfo.pt.x = pt.x;
|
|
htinfo.pt.y = pt.y;
|
|
idx = TabCtrl_HitTest(s_tabhwnd, &htinfo);
|
|
if (idx == -1)
|
|
idx = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
idx += 1;
|
|
|
|
send_tabline_menu_event(idx, (int)rval);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Show or hide the tabline.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_show_tabline(int showit)
|
|
{
|
|
if (s_tabhwnd == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (!showit != !showing_tabline)
|
|
{
|
|
if (showit)
|
|
ShowWindow(s_tabhwnd, SW_SHOW);
|
|
else
|
|
ShowWindow(s_tabhwnd, SW_HIDE);
|
|
showing_tabline = showit;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE when tabline is displayed.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_showing_tabline(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return s_tabhwnd != NULL && showing_tabline;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Update the labels of the tabline.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_update_tabline(void)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
TCITEM tie;
|
|
int nr = 0;
|
|
int curtabidx = 0;
|
|
int tabadded = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static int use_unicode = FALSE;
|
|
int uu;
|
|
WCHAR *wstr = NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (s_tabhwnd == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
# ifndef CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
|
|
/* For older compilers. We assume this never changes. */
|
|
# define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT 0x2005
|
|
# endif
|
|
uu = (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage);
|
|
if (uu != use_unicode)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Enable/disable unicode support */
|
|
SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)uu, (LPARAM)0);
|
|
use_unicode = uu;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
tie.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
|
|
tie.iImage = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Disable redraw for tab updates to eliminate O(N^2) draws. */
|
|
SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)FALSE, 0);
|
|
|
|
/* Add a label for each tab page. They all contain the same text area. */
|
|
for (tp = first_tabpage; tp != NULL; tp = tp->tp_next, ++nr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tp == curtab)
|
|
curtabidx = nr;
|
|
|
|
if (nr >= TabCtrl_GetItemCount(s_tabhwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add the tab */
|
|
tie.pszText = "-Empty-";
|
|
TabCtrl_InsertItem(s_tabhwnd, nr, &tie);
|
|
tabadded = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
get_tabline_label(tp, FALSE);
|
|
tie.pszText = (LPSTR)NameBuff;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
wstr = NULL;
|
|
if (use_unicode)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Need to go through Unicode. */
|
|
wstr = enc_to_utf16(NameBuff, NULL);
|
|
if (wstr != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TCITEMW tiw;
|
|
|
|
tiw.mask = TCIF_TEXT;
|
|
tiw.iImage = -1;
|
|
tiw.pszText = wstr;
|
|
SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, TCM_SETITEMW, (WPARAM)nr, (LPARAM)&tiw);
|
|
vim_free(wstr);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (wstr == NULL)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
TabCtrl_SetItem(s_tabhwnd, nr, &tie);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Remove any old labels. */
|
|
while (nr < TabCtrl_GetItemCount(s_tabhwnd))
|
|
TabCtrl_DeleteItem(s_tabhwnd, nr);
|
|
|
|
if (!tabadded && TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) != curtabidx)
|
|
TabCtrl_SetCurSel(s_tabhwnd, curtabidx);
|
|
|
|
/* Re-enable redraw and redraw. */
|
|
SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, WM_SETREDRAW, (WPARAM)TRUE, 0);
|
|
RedrawWindow(s_tabhwnd, NULL, NULL,
|
|
RDW_ERASE | RDW_FRAME | RDW_INVALIDATE | RDW_ALLCHILDREN);
|
|
|
|
if (tabadded && TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) != curtabidx)
|
|
TabCtrl_SetCurSel(s_tabhwnd, curtabidx);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the current tab to "nr". First tab is 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_curtab(int nr)
|
|
{
|
|
if (s_tabhwnd == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) != nr - 1)
|
|
TabCtrl_SetCurSel(s_tabhwnd, nr - 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* ":simalt" command.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
ex_simalt(exarg_T *eap)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *keys = eap->arg;
|
|
int fill_typebuf = FALSE;
|
|
char_u key_name[4];
|
|
|
|
PostMessage(s_hwnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, (WPARAM)SC_KEYMENU, (LPARAM)0);
|
|
while (*keys)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*keys == '~')
|
|
*keys = ' '; /* for showing system menu */
|
|
PostMessage(s_hwnd, WM_CHAR, (WPARAM)*keys, (LPARAM)0);
|
|
keys++;
|
|
fill_typebuf = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (fill_typebuf)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Put a NOP in the typeahead buffer so that the message will get
|
|
* processed. */
|
|
key_name[0] = K_SPECIAL;
|
|
key_name[1] = KS_EXTRA;
|
|
key_name[2] = KE_NOP;
|
|
key_name[3] = NUL;
|
|
typebuf_was_filled = TRUE;
|
|
(void)ins_typebuf(key_name, REMAP_NONE, 0, TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create the find & replace dialogs.
|
|
* You can't have both at once: ":find" when replace is showing, destroys
|
|
* the replace dialog first, and the other way around.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
static void
|
|
initialise_findrep(char_u *initial_string)
|
|
{
|
|
int wword = FALSE;
|
|
int mcase = !p_ic;
|
|
char_u *entry_text;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the search string to use. */
|
|
entry_text = get_find_dialog_text(initial_string, &wword, &mcase);
|
|
|
|
s_findrep_struct.hwndOwner = s_hwnd;
|
|
s_findrep_struct.Flags = FR_DOWN;
|
|
if (mcase)
|
|
s_findrep_struct.Flags |= FR_MATCHCASE;
|
|
if (wword)
|
|
s_findrep_struct.Flags |= FR_WHOLEWORD;
|
|
if (entry_text != NULL && *entry_text != NUL)
|
|
vim_strncpy((char_u *)s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat, entry_text,
|
|
s_findrep_struct.wFindWhatLen - 1);
|
|
vim_free(entry_text);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
set_window_title(HWND hwnd, char *title)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (title != NULL && enc_codepage >= 0 && enc_codepage != (int)GetACP())
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR *wbuf;
|
|
|
|
/* Convert the title from 'encoding' to UTF-16. */
|
|
wbuf = (WCHAR *)enc_to_utf16((char_u *)title, NULL);
|
|
if (wbuf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
SetWindowTextW(hwnd, wbuf);
|
|
vim_free(wbuf);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
(void)SetWindowText(hwnd, (LPCSTR)title);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_find_dialog(exarg_T *eap)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
if (s_findrep_msg != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd) && !s_findrep_is_find)
|
|
DestroyWindow(s_findrep_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
if (!IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
initialise_findrep(eap->arg);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active
|
|
* codepage: convert text and use wide function. */
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
findrep_atow(&s_findrep_struct_w, &s_findrep_struct);
|
|
s_findrep_hwnd = FindTextW(
|
|
(LPFINDREPLACEW) &s_findrep_struct_w);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
s_findrep_hwnd = FindText((LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
set_window_title(s_findrep_hwnd, _("Find string"));
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_findrep_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
s_findrep_is_find = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_replace_dialog(exarg_T *eap)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
if (s_findrep_msg != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd) && s_findrep_is_find)
|
|
DestroyWindow(s_findrep_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
if (!IsWindow(s_findrep_hwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
initialise_findrep(eap->arg);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
findrep_atow(&s_findrep_struct_w, &s_findrep_struct);
|
|
s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceTextW(
|
|
(LPFINDREPLACEW) &s_findrep_struct_w);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
s_findrep_hwnd = ReplaceText(
|
|
(LPFINDREPLACE) &s_findrep_struct);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
set_window_title(s_findrep_hwnd, _("Find & Replace"));
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_findrep_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
s_findrep_is_find = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set visibility of the pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_mousehide(int hide)
|
|
{
|
|
if (hide != gui.pointer_hidden)
|
|
{
|
|
ShowCursor(!hide);
|
|
gui.pointer_hidden = hide;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
static void
|
|
gui_mch_show_popupmenu_at(vimmenu_T *menu, int x, int y)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Unhide the mouse, we don't get move events here. */
|
|
gui_mch_mousehide(FALSE);
|
|
|
|
(void)TrackPopupMenu(
|
|
(HMENU)menu->submenu_id,
|
|
TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_LEFTBUTTON,
|
|
x, y,
|
|
(int)0, /*reserved param*/
|
|
s_hwnd,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: The pop-up menu can eat the mouse up event.
|
|
* We deal with this in normal.c.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Got a message when the system will go down.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnEndSession(void)
|
|
{
|
|
getout_preserve_modified(1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get this message when the user clicks on the cross in the top right corner
|
|
* of a Windows95 window.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnClose(HWND hwnd UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_shell_closed();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get a message when the window is being destroyed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnDestroy(HWND hwnd)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!destroying)
|
|
_OnClose(hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnPaint(
|
|
HWND hwnd)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsMinimized(hwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
PAINTSTRUCT ps;
|
|
|
|
out_flush(); /* make sure all output has been processed */
|
|
(void)BeginPaint(hwnd, &ps);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* prevent multi-byte characters from misprinting on an invalid
|
|
* rectangle */
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
GetClientRect(hwnd, &rect);
|
|
ps.rcPaint.left = rect.left;
|
|
ps.rcPaint.right = rect.right;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (!IsRectEmpty(&ps.rcPaint))
|
|
{
|
|
gui_redraw(ps.rcPaint.left, ps.rcPaint.top,
|
|
ps.rcPaint.right - ps.rcPaint.left + 1,
|
|
ps.rcPaint.bottom - ps.rcPaint.top + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
EndPaint(hwnd, &ps);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnSize(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT state UNUSED,
|
|
int cx,
|
|
int cy)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!IsMinimized(hwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
gui_resize_shell(cx, cy);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/* Menu bar may wrap differently now */
|
|
gui_mswin_get_menu_height(TRUE);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnSetFocus(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
HWND hwndOldFocus)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_focus_change(TRUE);
|
|
s_getting_focus = TRUE;
|
|
(void)MyWindowProc(hwnd, WM_SETFOCUS, (WPARAM)hwndOldFocus, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnKillFocus(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
HWND hwndNewFocus)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_focus_change(FALSE);
|
|
s_getting_focus = FALSE;
|
|
(void)MyWindowProc(hwnd, WM_KILLFOCUS, (WPARAM)hwndNewFocus, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get a message when the user switches back to vim
|
|
*/
|
|
static LRESULT
|
|
_OnActivateApp(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
BOOL fActivate,
|
|
DWORD dwThreadId)
|
|
{
|
|
/* we call gui_focus_change() in _OnSetFocus() */
|
|
/* gui_focus_change((int)fActivate); */
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, WM_ACTIVATEAPP, fActivate, (DWORD)dwThreadId);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_destroy_scrollbar(scrollbar_T *sb)
|
|
{
|
|
DestroyWindow(sb->id);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get current mouse coordinates in text window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_getmouse(int *x, int *y)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rct;
|
|
POINT mp;
|
|
|
|
(void)GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rct);
|
|
(void)GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp);
|
|
*x = (int)(mp.x - rct.left);
|
|
*y = (int)(mp.y - rct.top);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Move mouse pointer to character at (x, y).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_setmouse(int x, int y)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rct;
|
|
|
|
(void)GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rct);
|
|
(void)SetCursorPos(x + gui.border_offset + rct.left,
|
|
y + gui.border_offset + rct.top);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
gui_mswin_get_valid_dimensions(
|
|
int w,
|
|
int h,
|
|
int *valid_w,
|
|
int *valid_h)
|
|
{
|
|
int base_width, base_height;
|
|
|
|
base_width = gui_get_base_width()
|
|
+ (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
|
|
base_height = gui_get_base_height()
|
|
+ (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
|
|
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
+ gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
;
|
|
*valid_w = base_width +
|
|
((w - base_width) / gui.char_width) * gui.char_width;
|
|
*valid_h = base_height +
|
|
((h - base_height) / gui.char_height) * gui.char_height;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_flash(int msec)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Note: InvertRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc.left = 0;
|
|
rc.top = 0;
|
|
rc.right = gui.num_cols * gui.char_width;
|
|
rc.bottom = gui.num_rows * gui.char_height;
|
|
InvertRect(s_hdc, &rc);
|
|
gui_mch_flush(); /* make sure it's displayed */
|
|
|
|
ui_delay((long)msec, TRUE); /* wait for a few msec */
|
|
|
|
InvertRect(s_hdc, &rc);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return flags used for scrolling.
|
|
* The SW_INVALIDATE is required when part of the window is covered or
|
|
* off-screen. Refer to MS KB Q75236.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
get_scroll_flags(void)
|
|
{
|
|
HWND hwnd;
|
|
RECT rcVim, rcOther, rcDest;
|
|
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rcVim);
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the window is partly above or below the screen. We don't care
|
|
* about partly left or right of the screen, it is not relevant when
|
|
* scrolling up or down. */
|
|
if (rcVim.top < 0 || rcVim.bottom > GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFULLSCREEN))
|
|
return SW_INVALIDATE;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if there is an window (partly) on top of us. */
|
|
for (hwnd = s_hwnd; (hwnd = GetWindow(hwnd, GW_HWNDPREV)) != (HWND)0; )
|
|
if (IsWindowVisible(hwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rcOther);
|
|
if (IntersectRect(&rcDest, &rcVim, &rcOther))
|
|
return SW_INVALIDATE;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* On some Intel GPUs, the regions drawn just prior to ScrollWindowEx()
|
|
* may not be scrolled out properly.
|
|
* For gVim, when _OnScroll() is repeated, the character at the
|
|
* previous cursor position may be left drawn after scroll.
|
|
* The problem can be avoided by calling GetPixel() to get a pixel in
|
|
* the region before ScrollWindowEx().
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
intel_gpu_workaround(void)
|
|
{
|
|
GetPixel(s_hdc, FILL_X(gui.col), FILL_Y(gui.row));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Delete the given number of lines from the given row, scrolling up any
|
|
* text further down within the scroll region.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_delete_lines(
|
|
int row,
|
|
int num_lines)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
{
|
|
DWriteContext_Scroll(s_dwc, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height, &rc);
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
intel_gpu_workaround();
|
|
ScrollWindowEx(s_textArea, 0, -num_lines * gui.char_height,
|
|
&rc, &rc, NULL, NULL, get_scroll_flags());
|
|
UpdateWindow(s_textArea);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* This seems to be required to avoid the cursor disappearing when
|
|
* scrolling such that the cursor ends up in the top-left character on
|
|
* the screen... But why? (Webb) */
|
|
/* It's probably fixed by disabling drawing the cursor while scrolling. */
|
|
/* gui.cursor_is_valid = FALSE; */
|
|
|
|
gui_clear_block(gui.scroll_region_bot - num_lines + 1,
|
|
gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
gui.scroll_region_bot, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Insert the given number of lines before the given row, scrolling down any
|
|
* following text within the scroll region.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_insert_lines(
|
|
int row,
|
|
int num_lines)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
rc.left = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_left);
|
|
rc.right = FILL_X(gui.scroll_region_right + 1);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
rc.bottom = FILL_Y(gui.scroll_region_bot + 1);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
{
|
|
DWriteContext_Scroll(s_dwc, 0, num_lines * gui.char_height, &rc);
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
intel_gpu_workaround();
|
|
/* The SW_INVALIDATE is required when part of the window is covered or
|
|
* off-screen. How do we avoid it when it's not needed? */
|
|
ScrollWindowEx(s_textArea, 0, num_lines * gui.char_height,
|
|
&rc, &rc, NULL, NULL, get_scroll_flags());
|
|
UpdateWindow(s_textArea);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gui_clear_block(row, gui.scroll_region_left,
|
|
row + num_lines - 1, gui.scroll_region_right);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_exit(int rc UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
DWriteContext_Close(s_dwc);
|
|
DWrite_Final();
|
|
s_dwc = NULL;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
ReleaseDC(s_textArea, s_hdc);
|
|
DeleteObject(s_brush);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
/* Unload the tearoff bitmap */
|
|
(void)DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)s_htearbitmap);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Destroy our window (if we have one). */
|
|
if (s_hwnd != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
destroying = TRUE; /* ignore WM_DESTROY message now */
|
|
DestroyWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
global_ime_end();
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
logfont2name(LOGFONT lf)
|
|
{
|
|
char *p;
|
|
char *res;
|
|
char *charset_name;
|
|
char *quality_name;
|
|
char *font_name = lf.lfFaceName;
|
|
|
|
charset_name = charset_id2name((int)lf.lfCharSet);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Convert a font name from the current codepage to 'encoding'.
|
|
* TODO: Use Wide APIs (including LOGFONTW) instead of ANSI APIs. */
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
int len;
|
|
acp_to_enc((char_u *)lf.lfFaceName, (int)strlen(lf.lfFaceName),
|
|
(char_u **)&font_name, &len);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
quality_name = quality_id2name((int)lf.lfQuality);
|
|
|
|
res = (char *)alloc((unsigned)(strlen(font_name) + 20
|
|
+ (charset_name == NULL ? 0 : strlen(charset_name) + 2)));
|
|
if (res != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = res;
|
|
/* make a normal font string out of the lf thing:*/
|
|
sprintf((char *)p, "%s:h%d", font_name, pixels_to_points(
|
|
lf.lfHeight < 0 ? -lf.lfHeight : lf.lfHeight, TRUE));
|
|
while (*p)
|
|
{
|
|
if (*p == ' ')
|
|
*p = '_';
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lf.lfItalic)
|
|
STRCAT(p, ":i");
|
|
if (lf.lfWeight >= FW_BOLD)
|
|
STRCAT(p, ":b");
|
|
if (lf.lfUnderline)
|
|
STRCAT(p, ":u");
|
|
if (lf.lfStrikeOut)
|
|
STRCAT(p, ":s");
|
|
if (charset_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCAT(p, ":c");
|
|
STRCAT(p, charset_name);
|
|
}
|
|
if (quality_name != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCAT(p, ":q");
|
|
STRCAT(p, quality_name);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (font_name != lf.lfFaceName)
|
|
vim_free(font_name);
|
|
#endif
|
|
return (char_u *)res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set correct LOGFONT to IME. Use 'guifontwide' if available, otherwise use
|
|
* 'guifont'
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
update_im_font(void)
|
|
{
|
|
LOGFONT lf_wide;
|
|
|
|
if (p_guifontwide != NULL && *p_guifontwide != NUL
|
|
&& gui.wide_font != NOFONT
|
|
&& GetObject((HFONT)gui.wide_font, sizeof(lf_wide), &lf_wide))
|
|
norm_logfont = lf_wide;
|
|
else
|
|
norm_logfont = sub_logfont;
|
|
im_set_font(&norm_logfont);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Handler of gui.wide_font (p_guifontwide) changed notification.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_wide_font_changed(void)
|
|
{
|
|
LOGFONT lf;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
update_im_font();
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_ital_font);
|
|
gui.wide_ital_font = NOFONT;
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_bold_font);
|
|
gui.wide_bold_font = NOFONT;
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.wide_boldital_font);
|
|
gui.wide_boldital_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
|
if (gui.wide_font
|
|
&& GetObject((HFONT)gui.wide_font, sizeof(lf), &lf))
|
|
{
|
|
if (!lf.lfItalic)
|
|
{
|
|
lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
|
|
gui.wide_ital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
lf.lfItalic = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lf.lfWeight < FW_BOLD)
|
|
{
|
|
lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
|
|
gui.wide_bold_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
if (!lf.lfItalic)
|
|
{
|
|
lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
|
|
gui.wide_boldital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialise vim to use the font with the given name.
|
|
* Return FAIL if the font could not be loaded, OK otherwise.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_init_font(char_u *font_name, int fontset UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
LOGFONT lf;
|
|
GuiFont font = NOFONT;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
/* Load the font */
|
|
if (get_logfont(&lf, font_name, NULL, TRUE) == OK)
|
|
font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
if (font == NOFONT)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
if (font_name == NULL)
|
|
font_name = (char_u *)lf.lfFaceName;
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) || defined(GLOBAL_IME)
|
|
norm_logfont = lf;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
sub_logfont = lf;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
update_im_font();
|
|
#endif
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.norm_font);
|
|
gui.norm_font = font;
|
|
current_font_height = lf.lfHeight;
|
|
GetFontSize(font);
|
|
|
|
p = logfont2name(lf);
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
hl_set_font_name(p);
|
|
|
|
/* When setting 'guifont' to "*" replace it with the actual font name.
|
|
* */
|
|
if (STRCMP(font_name, "*") == 0 && STRCMP(p_guifont, "*") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(p_guifont);
|
|
p_guifont = p;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.ital_font);
|
|
gui.ital_font = NOFONT;
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.bold_font);
|
|
gui.bold_font = NOFONT;
|
|
gui_mch_free_font(gui.boldital_font);
|
|
gui.boldital_font = NOFONT;
|
|
|
|
if (!lf.lfItalic)
|
|
{
|
|
lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
|
|
gui.ital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
lf.lfItalic = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
if (lf.lfWeight < FW_BOLD)
|
|
{
|
|
lf.lfWeight = FW_BOLD;
|
|
gui.bold_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
if (!lf.lfItalic)
|
|
{
|
|
lf.lfItalic = TRUE;
|
|
gui.boldital_font = get_font_handle(&lf);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifndef WPF_RESTORETOMAXIMIZED
|
|
# define WPF_RESTORETOMAXIMIZED 2 /* just in case someone doesn't have it */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Return TRUE if the GUI window is maximized, filling the whole screen.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_maximized(void)
|
|
{
|
|
WINDOWPLACEMENT wp;
|
|
|
|
wp.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
|
|
if (GetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wp))
|
|
return wp.showCmd == SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED
|
|
|| (wp.showCmd == SW_SHOWMINIMIZED
|
|
&& wp.flags == WPF_RESTORETOMAXIMIZED);
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Called when the font changed while the window is maximized or GO_KEEPWINSIZE
|
|
* is set. Compute the new Rows and Columns. This is like resizing the
|
|
* window.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_newfont(void)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
|
|
if (win_socket_id == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_resize_shell(rect.right - rect.left
|
|
- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2,
|
|
rect.bottom - rect.top
|
|
- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
|
|
- GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
- gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Inside another window, don't use the frame and border. */
|
|
gui_resize_shell(rect.right - rect.left,
|
|
rect.bottom - rect.top
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
- gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the window title
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_settitle(
|
|
char_u *title,
|
|
char_u *icon UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
set_window_title(s_hwnd, (title == NULL ? "VIM" : (char *)title));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MOUSESHAPE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/* Table for shape IDCs. Keep in sync with the mshape_names[] table in
|
|
* misc2.c! */
|
|
static LPCSTR mshape_idcs[] =
|
|
{
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* arrow */
|
|
MAKEINTRESOURCE(0), /* blank */
|
|
IDC_IBEAM, /* beam */
|
|
IDC_SIZENS, /* updown */
|
|
IDC_SIZENS, /* udsizing */
|
|
IDC_SIZEWE, /* leftright */
|
|
IDC_SIZEWE, /* lrsizing */
|
|
IDC_WAIT, /* busy */
|
|
IDC_NO, /* no */
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* crosshair */
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* hand1 */
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* hand2 */
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* pencil */
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* question */
|
|
IDC_ARROW, /* right-arrow */
|
|
IDC_UPARROW, /* up-arrow */
|
|
IDC_ARROW /* last one */
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
mch_set_mouse_shape(int shape)
|
|
{
|
|
LPCSTR idc;
|
|
|
|
if (shape == MSHAPE_HIDE)
|
|
ShowCursor(FALSE);
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (shape >= MSHAPE_NUMBERED)
|
|
idc = IDC_ARROW;
|
|
else
|
|
idc = mshape_idcs[shape];
|
|
#ifdef SetClassLongPtr
|
|
SetClassLongPtr(s_textArea, GCLP_HCURSOR, (__int3264)(LONG_PTR)LoadCursor(NULL, idc));
|
|
#else
|
|
SetClassLong(s_textArea, GCL_HCURSOR, (long_u)LoadCursor(NULL, idc));
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (!p_mh)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT mp;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the position to make it redrawn with the new shape. */
|
|
(void)GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp);
|
|
(void)SetCursorPos(mp.x, mp.y);
|
|
ShowCursor(TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_BROWSE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* The file browser exists in two versions: with "W" uses wide characters,
|
|
* without "W" the current codepage. When FEAT_MBYTE is defined and on
|
|
* Windows NT/2000/XP the "W" functions are used.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Wide version of convert_filter().
|
|
*/
|
|
static WCHAR *
|
|
convert_filterW(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *tmp;
|
|
int len;
|
|
WCHAR *res;
|
|
|
|
tmp = convert_filter(s);
|
|
if (tmp == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
len = (int)STRLEN(s) + 3;
|
|
res = enc_to_utf16(tmp, &len);
|
|
vim_free(tmp);
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Wide version of gui_mch_browse(). Keep in sync!
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
gui_mch_browseW(
|
|
int saving,
|
|
char_u *title,
|
|
char_u *dflt,
|
|
char_u *ext,
|
|
char_u *initdir,
|
|
char_u *filter)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We always use the wide function. This means enc_to_utf16() must work,
|
|
* otherwise it fails miserably! */
|
|
OPENFILENAMEW fileStruct;
|
|
WCHAR fileBuf[MAXPATHL];
|
|
WCHAR *wp;
|
|
int i;
|
|
WCHAR *titlep = NULL;
|
|
WCHAR *extp = NULL;
|
|
WCHAR *initdirp = NULL;
|
|
WCHAR *filterp;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (dflt == NULL)
|
|
fileBuf[0] = NUL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
wp = enc_to_utf16(dflt, NULL);
|
|
if (wp == NULL)
|
|
fileBuf[0] = NUL;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 0; wp[i] != NUL && i < MAXPATHL - 1; ++i)
|
|
fileBuf[i] = wp[i];
|
|
fileBuf[i] = NUL;
|
|
vim_free(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Convert the filter to Windows format. */
|
|
filterp = convert_filterW(filter);
|
|
|
|
vim_memset(&fileStruct, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAMEW));
|
|
# ifdef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400W
|
|
/* be compatible with Windows NT 4.0 */
|
|
fileStruct.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400W;
|
|
# else
|
|
fileStruct.lStructSize = sizeof(fileStruct);
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
if (title != NULL)
|
|
titlep = enc_to_utf16(title, NULL);
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrTitle = titlep;
|
|
|
|
if (ext != NULL)
|
|
extp = enc_to_utf16(ext, NULL);
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrDefExt = extp;
|
|
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrFile = fileBuf;
|
|
fileStruct.nMaxFile = MAXPATHL;
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrFilter = filterp;
|
|
fileStruct.hwndOwner = s_hwnd; /* main Vim window is owner*/
|
|
/* has an initial dir been specified? */
|
|
if (initdir != NULL && *initdir != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Must have backslashes here, no matter what 'shellslash' says */
|
|
initdirp = enc_to_utf16(initdir, NULL);
|
|
if (initdirp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (wp = initdirp; *wp != NUL; ++wp)
|
|
if (*wp == '/')
|
|
*wp = '\\';
|
|
}
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrInitialDir = initdirp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* TODO: Allow selection of multiple files. Needs another arg to this
|
|
* function to ask for it, and need to use OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT below.
|
|
* Also, should we use OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST when opening? Vim can edit on
|
|
* files that don't exist yet, so I haven't put it in. What about
|
|
* OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST?
|
|
* Don't use OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, Vim has its own ":confirm" dialog.
|
|
*/
|
|
fileStruct.Flags = (OFN_NOCHANGEDIR | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_HIDEREADONLY);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_SHORTCUT
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_bin)
|
|
fileStruct.Flags |= OFN_NODEREFERENCELINKS;
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (saving)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetSaveFileNameW(&fileStruct))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetOpenFileNameW(&fileStruct))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(filterp);
|
|
vim_free(initdirp);
|
|
vim_free(titlep);
|
|
vim_free(extp);
|
|
|
|
/* Convert from UCS2 to 'encoding'. */
|
|
p = utf16_to_enc(fileBuf, NULL);
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
/* when out of memory we get garbage for non-ASCII chars */
|
|
STRCPY(fileBuf, p);
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
|
|
/* Give focus back to main window (when using MDI). */
|
|
SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
/* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
return vim_strsave(shorten_fname1((char_u *)fileBuf));
|
|
}
|
|
# endif /* FEAT_MBYTE */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert the string s to the proper format for a filter string by replacing
|
|
* the \t and \n delimiters with \0.
|
|
* Returns the converted string in allocated memory.
|
|
*
|
|
* Keep in sync with convert_filterW() above!
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
convert_filter(char_u *s)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *res;
|
|
unsigned s_len = (unsigned)STRLEN(s);
|
|
unsigned i;
|
|
|
|
res = alloc(s_len + 3);
|
|
if (res != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = 0; i < s_len; ++i)
|
|
if (s[i] == '\t' || s[i] == '\n')
|
|
res[i] = '\0';
|
|
else
|
|
res[i] = s[i];
|
|
res[s_len] = NUL;
|
|
/* Add two extra NULs to make sure it's properly terminated. */
|
|
res[s_len + 1] = NUL;
|
|
res[s_len + 2] = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
return res;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Select a directory.
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
gui_mch_browsedir(char_u *title, char_u *initdir)
|
|
{
|
|
/* We fake this: Use a filter that doesn't select anything and a default
|
|
* file name that won't be used. */
|
|
return gui_mch_browse(0, title, (char_u *)_("Not Used"), NULL,
|
|
initdir, (char_u *)_("Directory\t*.nothing\n"));
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Pop open a file browser and return the file selected, in allocated memory,
|
|
* or NULL if Cancel is hit.
|
|
* saving - TRUE if the file will be saved to, FALSE if it will be opened.
|
|
* title - Title message for the file browser dialog.
|
|
* dflt - Default name of file.
|
|
* ext - Default extension to be added to files without extensions.
|
|
* initdir - directory in which to open the browser (NULL = current dir)
|
|
* filter - Filter for matched files to choose from.
|
|
*
|
|
* Keep in sync with gui_mch_browseW() above!
|
|
*/
|
|
char_u *
|
|
gui_mch_browse(
|
|
int saving,
|
|
char_u *title,
|
|
char_u *dflt,
|
|
char_u *ext,
|
|
char_u *initdir,
|
|
char_u *filter)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
return gui_mch_browseW(saving, title, dflt, ext, initdir, filter);
|
|
# else
|
|
OPENFILENAME fileStruct;
|
|
char_u fileBuf[MAXPATHL];
|
|
char_u *initdirp = NULL;
|
|
char_u *filterp;
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
if (dflt == NULL)
|
|
fileBuf[0] = NUL;
|
|
else
|
|
vim_strncpy(fileBuf, dflt, MAXPATHL - 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Convert the filter to Windows format. */
|
|
filterp = convert_filter(filter);
|
|
|
|
vim_memset(&fileStruct, 0, sizeof(OPENFILENAME));
|
|
# ifdef OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400
|
|
/* be compatible with Windows NT 4.0 */
|
|
fileStruct.lStructSize = OPENFILENAME_SIZE_VERSION_400;
|
|
# else
|
|
fileStruct.lStructSize = sizeof(fileStruct);
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrTitle = (LPSTR)title;
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrDefExt = (LPSTR)ext;
|
|
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrFile = (LPSTR)fileBuf;
|
|
fileStruct.nMaxFile = MAXPATHL;
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrFilter = (LPSTR)filterp;
|
|
fileStruct.hwndOwner = s_hwnd; /* main Vim window is owner*/
|
|
/* has an initial dir been specified? */
|
|
if (initdir != NULL && *initdir != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Must have backslashes here, no matter what 'shellslash' says */
|
|
initdirp = vim_strsave(initdir);
|
|
if (initdirp != NULL)
|
|
for (p = initdirp; *p != NUL; ++p)
|
|
if (*p == '/')
|
|
*p = '\\';
|
|
fileStruct.lpstrInitialDir = (LPSTR)initdirp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* TODO: Allow selection of multiple files. Needs another arg to this
|
|
* function to ask for it, and need to use OFN_ALLOWMULTISELECT below.
|
|
* Also, should we use OFN_FILEMUSTEXIST when opening? Vim can edit on
|
|
* files that don't exist yet, so I haven't put it in. What about
|
|
* OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST?
|
|
* Don't use OFN_OVERWRITEPROMPT, Vim has its own ":confirm" dialog.
|
|
*/
|
|
fileStruct.Flags = (OFN_NOCHANGEDIR | OFN_PATHMUSTEXIST | OFN_HIDEREADONLY);
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_SHORTCUT
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_bin)
|
|
fileStruct.Flags |= OFN_NODEREFERENCELINKS;
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (saving)
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetSaveFileName(&fileStruct))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (!GetOpenFileName(&fileStruct))
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
vim_free(filterp);
|
|
vim_free(initdirp);
|
|
|
|
/* Give focus back to main window (when using MDI). */
|
|
SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
/* Shorten the file name if possible */
|
|
return vim_strsave(shorten_fname1((char_u *)fileBuf));
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_BROWSE */
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnDropFiles(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
HDROP hDrop)
|
|
{
|
|
#define BUFPATHLEN _MAX_PATH
|
|
#define DRAGQVAL 0xFFFFFFFF
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
WCHAR wszFile[BUFPATHLEN];
|
|
#endif
|
|
char szFile[BUFPATHLEN];
|
|
UINT cFiles = DragQueryFile(hDrop, DRAGQVAL, NULL, 0);
|
|
UINT i;
|
|
char_u **fnames;
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
int_u modifiers = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* TRACE("_OnDropFiles: %d files dropped\n", cFiles); */
|
|
|
|
/* Obtain dropped position */
|
|
DragQueryPoint(hDrop, &pt);
|
|
MapWindowPoints(s_hwnd, s_textArea, &pt, 1);
|
|
|
|
reset_VIsual();
|
|
|
|
fnames = (char_u **)alloc(cFiles * sizeof(char_u *));
|
|
|
|
if (fnames != NULL)
|
|
for (i = 0; i < cFiles; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (DragQueryFileW(hDrop, i, wszFile, BUFPATHLEN) > 0)
|
|
fnames[i] = utf16_to_enc(wszFile, NULL);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
DragQueryFile(hDrop, i, szFile, BUFPATHLEN);
|
|
fnames[i] = vim_strsave((char_u *)szFile);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
DragFinish(hDrop);
|
|
|
|
if (fnames != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((GetKeyState(VK_SHIFT) & 0x8000) != 0)
|
|
modifiers |= MOUSE_SHIFT;
|
|
if ((GetKeyState(VK_CONTROL) & 0x8000) != 0)
|
|
modifiers |= MOUSE_CTRL;
|
|
if ((GetKeyState(VK_MENU) & 0x8000) != 0)
|
|
modifiers |= MOUSE_ALT;
|
|
|
|
gui_handle_drop(pt.x, pt.y, modifiers, fnames, cFiles);
|
|
|
|
s_need_activate = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
_OnScroll(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
HWND hwndCtl,
|
|
UINT code,
|
|
int pos)
|
|
{
|
|
static UINT prev_code = 0; /* code of previous call */
|
|
scrollbar_T *sb, *sb_info;
|
|
long val;
|
|
int dragging = FALSE;
|
|
int dont_scroll_save = dont_scroll;
|
|
SCROLLINFO si;
|
|
|
|
si.cbSize = sizeof(si);
|
|
si.fMask = SIF_POS;
|
|
|
|
sb = gui_mswin_find_scrollbar(hwndCtl);
|
|
if (sb == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
if (sb->wp != NULL) /* Left or right scrollbar */
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Careful: need to get scrollbar info out of first (left) scrollbar
|
|
* for window, but keep real scrollbar too because we must pass it to
|
|
* gui_drag_scrollbar().
|
|
*/
|
|
sb_info = &sb->wp->w_scrollbars[0];
|
|
}
|
|
else /* Bottom scrollbar */
|
|
sb_info = sb;
|
|
val = sb_info->value;
|
|
|
|
switch (code)
|
|
{
|
|
case SB_THUMBTRACK:
|
|
val = pos;
|
|
dragging = TRUE;
|
|
if (sb->scroll_shift > 0)
|
|
val <<= sb->scroll_shift;
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_LINEDOWN:
|
|
val++;
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_LINEUP:
|
|
val--;
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_PAGEDOWN:
|
|
val += (sb_info->size > 2 ? sb_info->size - 2 : 1);
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_PAGEUP:
|
|
val -= (sb_info->size > 2 ? sb_info->size - 2 : 1);
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_TOP:
|
|
val = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_BOTTOM:
|
|
val = sb_info->max;
|
|
break;
|
|
case SB_ENDSCROLL:
|
|
if (prev_code == SB_THUMBTRACK)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* "pos" only gives us 16-bit data. In case of large file,
|
|
* use GetScrollPos() which returns 32-bit. Unfortunately it
|
|
* is not valid while the scrollbar is being dragged.
|
|
*/
|
|
val = GetScrollPos(hwndCtl, SB_CTL);
|
|
if (sb->scroll_shift > 0)
|
|
val <<= sb->scroll_shift;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
/* TRACE("Unknown scrollbar event %d\n", code); */
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
prev_code = code;
|
|
|
|
si.nPos = (sb->scroll_shift > 0) ? val >> sb->scroll_shift : val;
|
|
SetScrollInfo(hwndCtl, SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When moving a vertical scrollbar, move the other vertical scrollbar too.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (sb->wp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
scrollbar_T *sba = sb->wp->w_scrollbars;
|
|
HWND id = sba[ (sb == sba + SBAR_LEFT) ? SBAR_RIGHT : SBAR_LEFT].id;
|
|
|
|
SetScrollInfo(id, SB_CTL, &si, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Don't let us be interrupted here by another message. */
|
|
s_busy_processing = TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* When "allow_scrollbar" is FALSE still need to remember the new
|
|
* position, but don't actually scroll by setting "dont_scroll". */
|
|
dont_scroll = !allow_scrollbar;
|
|
|
|
mch_disable_flush();
|
|
gui_drag_scrollbar(sb, val, dragging);
|
|
mch_enable_flush();
|
|
gui_may_flush();
|
|
|
|
s_busy_processing = FALSE;
|
|
dont_scroll = dont_scroll_save;
|
|
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get command line arguments.
|
|
* Use "prog" as the name of the program and "cmdline" as the arguments.
|
|
* Copy the arguments to allocated memory.
|
|
* Return the number of arguments (including program name).
|
|
* Return pointers to the arguments in "argvp". Memory is allocated with
|
|
* malloc(), use free() instead of vim_free().
|
|
* Return pointer to buffer in "tofree".
|
|
* Returns zero when out of memory.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
get_cmd_args(char *prog, char *cmdline, char ***argvp, char **tofree)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
char *p;
|
|
char *progp;
|
|
char *pnew = NULL;
|
|
char *newcmdline;
|
|
int inquote;
|
|
int argc;
|
|
char **argv = NULL;
|
|
int round;
|
|
|
|
*tofree = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Try using the Unicode version first, it takes care of conversion when
|
|
* 'encoding' is changed. */
|
|
argc = get_cmd_argsW(&argv);
|
|
if (argc != 0)
|
|
goto done;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Handle the program name. Remove the ".exe" extension, and find the 1st
|
|
* non-space. */
|
|
p = strrchr(prog, '.');
|
|
if (p != NULL)
|
|
*p = NUL;
|
|
for (progp = prog; *progp == ' '; ++progp)
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
/* The command line is copied to allocated memory, so that we can change
|
|
* it. Add the size of the string, the separating NUL and a terminating
|
|
* NUL. */
|
|
newcmdline = malloc(STRLEN(cmdline) + STRLEN(progp) + 2);
|
|
if (newcmdline == NULL)
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* First round: count the number of arguments ("pnew" == NULL).
|
|
* Second round: produce the arguments.
|
|
*/
|
|
for (round = 1; round <= 2; ++round)
|
|
{
|
|
/* First argument is the program name. */
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
argv[0] = pnew;
|
|
strcpy(pnew, progp);
|
|
pnew += strlen(pnew);
|
|
*pnew++ = NUL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Isolate each argument and put it in argv[].
|
|
*/
|
|
p = cmdline;
|
|
argc = 1;
|
|
while (*p != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
inquote = FALSE;
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
argv[argc] = pnew;
|
|
++argc;
|
|
while (*p != NUL && (inquote || (*p != ' ' && *p != '\t')))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Backslashes are only special when followed by a double
|
|
* quote. */
|
|
i = (int)strspn(p, "\\");
|
|
if (p[i] == '"')
|
|
{
|
|
/* Halve the number of backslashes. */
|
|
if (i > 1 && pnew != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(pnew, '\\', i / 2);
|
|
pnew += i / 2;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Even nr of backslashes toggles quoting, uneven copies
|
|
* the double quote. */
|
|
if ((i & 1) == 0)
|
|
inquote = !inquote;
|
|
else if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
*pnew++ = '"';
|
|
p += i + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (i > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Copy span of backslashes unmodified. */
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_memset(pnew, '\\', i);
|
|
pnew += i;
|
|
}
|
|
p += i;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
*pnew++ = *p;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Can't use mb_* functions, because 'encoding' is not
|
|
* initialized yet here. */
|
|
if (IsDBCSLeadByte(*p))
|
|
{
|
|
++p;
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
*pnew++ = *p;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
++p;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (pnew != NULL)
|
|
*pnew++ = NUL;
|
|
while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
|
|
++p; /* advance until a non-space */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (round == 1)
|
|
{
|
|
argv = (char **)malloc((argc + 1) * sizeof(char *));
|
|
if (argv == NULL )
|
|
{
|
|
free(newcmdline);
|
|
return 0; /* malloc error */
|
|
}
|
|
pnew = newcmdline;
|
|
*tofree = newcmdline;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
done:
|
|
#endif
|
|
argv[argc] = NULL; /* NULL-terminated list */
|
|
*argvp = argv;
|
|
return argc;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
|
|
# include "xpm_w32.h"
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef PROTO
|
|
# define WINAPI
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef __MINGW32__
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a lot of missing defines.
|
|
* They are not always missing, we need the #ifndef's.
|
|
*/
|
|
# ifndef _cdecl
|
|
# define _cdecl
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef IsMinimized
|
|
# define IsMinimized(hwnd) IsIconic(hwnd)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef IsMaximized
|
|
# define IsMaximized(hwnd) IsZoomed(hwnd)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef SelectFont
|
|
# define SelectFont(hdc, hfont) ((HFONT)SelectObject((hdc), (HGDIOBJ)(HFONT)(hfont)))
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef GetStockBrush
|
|
# define GetStockBrush(i) ((HBRUSH)GetStockObject(i))
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef DeleteBrush
|
|
# define DeleteBrush(hbr) DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)(HBRUSH)(hbr))
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONUP
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), TRUE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDOWN
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MOUSEMOVE
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_MOUSEMOVE(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONUP
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_RBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDOWN
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_MBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONUP
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONUP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDOWN
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_LBUTTONDOWN(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), FALSE, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam), (int)(short)HIWORD(lParam), (UINT)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_SYSCHAR
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_SYSCHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_ACTIVATEAPP
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_ACTIVATEAPP(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (BOOL)(wParam), (DWORD)(lParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
(LRESULT)(DWORD)(BOOL)(fn)((hwnd), (LPWINDOWPOS)(lParam))
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_VSCROLL
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_VSCROLL(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(lParam), (UINT)(LOWORD(wParam)), (int)(short)HIWORD(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_SETFOCUS
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_SETFOCUS(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_KILLFOCUS
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_KILLFOCUS(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_HSCROLL
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_HSCROLL(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (HWND)(lParam), (UINT)(LOWORD(wParam)), (int)(short)HIWORD(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_DROPFILES
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_DROPFILES(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (HDROP)(wParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_CHAR
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_CHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_SYSDEADCHAR
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_SYSDEADCHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifndef HANDLE_WM_DEADCHAR
|
|
# define HANDLE_WM_DEADCHAR(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
|
|
((fn)((hwnd), (TCHAR)(wParam), (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam)), 0L)
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif /* __MINGW32__ */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Some parameters for tearoff menus. All in pixels. */
|
|
#define TEAROFF_PADDING_X 2
|
|
#define TEAROFF_BUTTON_PAD_X 8
|
|
#define TEAROFF_MIN_WIDTH 200
|
|
#define TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL ">>"
|
|
#define TEAROFF_COLUMN_PADDING 3 // # spaces to pad column with.
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* For the Intellimouse: */
|
|
#ifndef WM_MOUSEWHEEL
|
|
#define WM_MOUSEWHEEL 0x20a
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_BEVAL_GUI
|
|
# define ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP 200
|
|
# define BEVAL_TEXT_LEN MAXPATHL
|
|
|
|
#if (defined(_MSC_VER) && _MSC_VER < 1300) || !defined(MAXULONG_PTR)
|
|
/* Work around old versions of basetsd.h which wrongly declares
|
|
* UINT_PTR as unsigned long. */
|
|
# undef UINT_PTR
|
|
# define UINT_PTR UINT
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void make_tooltip(BalloonEval *beval, char *text, POINT pt);
|
|
static void delete_tooltip(BalloonEval *beval);
|
|
static VOID CALLBACK BevalTimerProc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, UINT_PTR idEvent, DWORD dwTime);
|
|
|
|
static BalloonEval *cur_beval = NULL;
|
|
static UINT_PTR BevalTimerId = 0;
|
|
static DWORD LastActivity = 0;
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* cproto fails on missing include files */
|
|
#ifndef PROTO
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* excerpts from headers since this may not be presented
|
|
* in the extremely old compilers
|
|
*/
|
|
# include <pshpack1.h>
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
typedef struct _DllVersionInfo
|
|
{
|
|
DWORD cbSize;
|
|
DWORD dwMajorVersion;
|
|
DWORD dwMinorVersion;
|
|
DWORD dwBuildNumber;
|
|
DWORD dwPlatformID;
|
|
} DLLVERSIONINFO;
|
|
|
|
#ifndef PROTO
|
|
# include <poppack.h>
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
typedef struct tagTOOLINFOA_NEW
|
|
{
|
|
UINT cbSize;
|
|
UINT uFlags;
|
|
HWND hwnd;
|
|
UINT_PTR uId;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
HINSTANCE hinst;
|
|
LPSTR lpszText;
|
|
LPARAM lParam;
|
|
} TOOLINFO_NEW;
|
|
|
|
typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFO_NEW
|
|
{
|
|
NMHDR hdr;
|
|
LPSTR lpszText;
|
|
char szText[80];
|
|
HINSTANCE hinst;
|
|
UINT uFlags;
|
|
LPARAM lParam;
|
|
} NMTTDISPINFO_NEW;
|
|
|
|
typedef HRESULT (WINAPI* DLLGETVERSIONPROC)(DLLVERSIONINFO *);
|
|
#ifndef TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH
|
|
# define TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH (WM_USER+24)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TTF_DI_SETITEM
|
|
# define TTF_DI_SETITEM 0x8000
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TTN_GETDISPINFO
|
|
# define TTN_GETDISPINFO (TTN_FIRST - 0)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#endif /* defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
|
|
/* Older MSVC compilers don't have LPNMTTDISPINFO[AW] thus we need to define
|
|
* it here if LPNMTTDISPINFO isn't defined.
|
|
* MingW doesn't define LPNMTTDISPINFO but typedefs it. Thus we need to check
|
|
* _MSC_VER. */
|
|
# if !defined(LPNMTTDISPINFO) && defined(_MSC_VER)
|
|
typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOA {
|
|
NMHDR hdr;
|
|
LPSTR lpszText;
|
|
char szText[80];
|
|
HINSTANCE hinst;
|
|
UINT uFlags;
|
|
LPARAM lParam;
|
|
} NMTTDISPINFOA, *LPNMTTDISPINFOA;
|
|
# define LPNMTTDISPINFO LPNMTTDISPINFOA
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
typedef struct tagNMTTDISPINFOW {
|
|
NMHDR hdr;
|
|
LPWSTR lpszText;
|
|
WCHAR szText[80];
|
|
HINSTANCE hinst;
|
|
UINT uFlags;
|
|
LPARAM lParam;
|
|
} NMTTDISPINFOW, *LPNMTTDISPINFOW;
|
|
# endif
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifndef TTN_GETDISPINFOW
|
|
# define TTN_GETDISPINFOW (TTN_FIRST - 10)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Local variables: */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
static UINT s_menu_id = 100;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Use the system font for dialogs and tear-off menus. Remove this line to
|
|
* use DLG_FONT_NAME.
|
|
*/
|
|
#define USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
|
|
#define VIM_NAME "vim"
|
|
#define VIM_CLASS "Vim"
|
|
#define VIM_CLASSW L"Vim"
|
|
|
|
/* Initial size for the dialog template. For gui_mch_dialog() it's fixed,
|
|
* thus there should be room for every dialog. For tearoffs it's made bigger
|
|
* when needed. */
|
|
#define DLG_ALLOC_SIZE 16 * 1024
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* stuff for dialogs, menus, tearoffs etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
static LRESULT APIENTRY dialog_callback(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
static LRESULT APIENTRY tearoff_callback(HWND, UINT, WPARAM, LPARAM);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static PWORD
|
|
add_dialog_element(
|
|
PWORD p,
|
|
DWORD lStyle,
|
|
WORD x,
|
|
WORD y,
|
|
WORD w,
|
|
WORD h,
|
|
WORD Id,
|
|
WORD clss,
|
|
const char *caption);
|
|
static LPWORD lpwAlign(LPWORD);
|
|
static int nCopyAnsiToWideChar(LPWORD, LPSTR, BOOL);
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
|
|
static void gui_mch_tearoff(char_u *title, vimmenu_T *menu, int initX, int initY);
|
|
#endif
|
|
static void get_dialog_font_metrics(void);
|
|
|
|
static int dialog_default_button = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Intellimouse support */
|
|
static int mouse_scroll_lines = 0;
|
|
|
|
static int s_usenewlook; /* emulate W95/NT4 non-bold dialogs */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
static void initialise_toolbar(void);
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK toolbar_wndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
|
static int get_toolbar_bitmap(vimmenu_T *menu);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
static void initialise_tabline(void);
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK tabline_wndproc(HWND hwnd, UINT uMsg, WPARAM wParam, LPARAM lParam);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
static LRESULT _OnImeComposition(HWND hwnd, WPARAM dbcs, LPARAM param);
|
|
static char_u *GetResultStr(HWND hwnd, int GCS, int *lenp);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(DYNAMIC_IME)
|
|
# ifdef NOIME
|
|
typedef struct tagCOMPOSITIONFORM {
|
|
DWORD dwStyle;
|
|
POINT ptCurrentPos;
|
|
RECT rcArea;
|
|
} COMPOSITIONFORM, *PCOMPOSITIONFORM, NEAR *NPCOMPOSITIONFORM, FAR *LPCOMPOSITIONFORM;
|
|
typedef HANDLE HIMC;
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
static HINSTANCE hLibImm = NULL;
|
|
static LONG (WINAPI *pImmGetCompositionStringA)(HIMC, DWORD, LPVOID, DWORD);
|
|
static LONG (WINAPI *pImmGetCompositionStringW)(HIMC, DWORD, LPVOID, DWORD);
|
|
static HIMC (WINAPI *pImmGetContext)(HWND);
|
|
static HIMC (WINAPI *pImmAssociateContext)(HWND, HIMC);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmReleaseContext)(HWND, HIMC);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmGetOpenStatus)(HIMC);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetOpenStatus)(HIMC, BOOL);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmGetCompositionFont)(HIMC, LPLOGFONTA);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetCompositionFont)(HIMC, LPLOGFONTA);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetCompositionWindow)(HIMC, LPCOMPOSITIONFORM);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmGetConversionStatus)(HIMC, LPDWORD, LPDWORD);
|
|
static BOOL (WINAPI *pImmSetConversionStatus)(HIMC, DWORD, DWORD);
|
|
static void dyn_imm_load(void);
|
|
#else
|
|
# define pImmGetCompositionStringA ImmGetCompositionStringA
|
|
# define pImmGetCompositionStringW ImmGetCompositionStringW
|
|
# define pImmGetContext ImmGetContext
|
|
# define pImmAssociateContext ImmAssociateContext
|
|
# define pImmReleaseContext ImmReleaseContext
|
|
# define pImmGetOpenStatus ImmGetOpenStatus
|
|
# define pImmSetOpenStatus ImmSetOpenStatus
|
|
# define pImmGetCompositionFont ImmGetCompositionFontA
|
|
# define pImmSetCompositionFont ImmSetCompositionFontA
|
|
# define pImmSetCompositionWindow ImmSetCompositionWindow
|
|
# define pImmGetConversionStatus ImmGetConversionStatus
|
|
# define pImmSetConversionStatus ImmSetConversionStatus
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/*
|
|
* Figure out how high the menu bar is at the moment.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
gui_mswin_get_menu_height(
|
|
int fix_window) /* If TRUE, resize window if menu height changed */
|
|
{
|
|
static int old_menu_height = -1;
|
|
|
|
RECT rc1, rc2;
|
|
int num;
|
|
int menu_height;
|
|
|
|
if (gui.menu_is_active)
|
|
num = GetMenuItemCount(s_menuBar);
|
|
else
|
|
num = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (num == 0)
|
|
menu_height = 0;
|
|
else if (IsMinimized(s_hwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
/* The height of the menu cannot be determined while the window is
|
|
* minimized. Take the previous height if the menu is changed in that
|
|
* state, to avoid that Vim's vertical window size accidentally
|
|
* increases due to the unaccounted-for menu height. */
|
|
menu_height = old_menu_height == -1 ? 0 : old_menu_height;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* In case 'lines' is set in _vimrc/_gvimrc window width doesn't
|
|
* seem to have been set yet, so menu wraps in default window
|
|
* width which is very narrow. Instead just return height of a
|
|
* single menu item. Will still be wrong when the menu really
|
|
* should wrap over more than one line.
|
|
*/
|
|
GetMenuItemRect(s_hwnd, s_menuBar, 0, &rc1);
|
|
if (gui.starting)
|
|
menu_height = rc1.bottom - rc1.top + 1;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
GetMenuItemRect(s_hwnd, s_menuBar, num - 1, &rc2);
|
|
menu_height = rc2.bottom - rc1.top + 1;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (fix_window && menu_height != old_menu_height)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_set_shellsize(FALSE, FALSE, RESIZE_VERT);
|
|
}
|
|
old_menu_height = menu_height;
|
|
|
|
return menu_height;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /*FEAT_MENU*/
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Setup for the Intellimouse
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
init_mouse_wheel(void)
|
|
{
|
|
|
|
#ifndef SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES
|
|
# define SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES 104
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifndef SPI_SETWHEELSCROLLLINES
|
|
# define SPI_SETWHEELSCROLLLINES 105
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#define VMOUSEZ_CLASSNAME "MouseZ" /* hidden wheel window class */
|
|
#define VMOUSEZ_TITLE "Magellan MSWHEEL" /* hidden wheel window title */
|
|
#define VMSH_MOUSEWHEEL "MSWHEEL_ROLLMSG"
|
|
#define VMSH_SCROLL_LINES "MSH_SCROLL_LINES_MSG"
|
|
|
|
mouse_scroll_lines = 3; /* reasonable default */
|
|
|
|
/* if NT 4.0+ (or Win98) get scroll lines directly from system */
|
|
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
|
|
&mouse_scroll_lines, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* Intellimouse wheel handler */
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnMouseWheel(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
short zDelta)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Treat a mouse wheel event as if it were a scroll request */
|
|
int i;
|
|
int size;
|
|
HWND hwndCtl;
|
|
|
|
if (curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
hwndCtl = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].id;
|
|
size = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_RIGHT].size;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
hwndCtl = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].id;
|
|
size = curwin->w_scrollbars[SBAR_LEFT].size;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
size = curwin->w_height;
|
|
if (mouse_scroll_lines == 0)
|
|
init_mouse_wheel();
|
|
|
|
mch_disable_flush();
|
|
if (mouse_scroll_lines > 0
|
|
&& mouse_scroll_lines < (size > 2 ? size - 2 : 1))
|
|
{
|
|
for (i = mouse_scroll_lines; i > 0; --i)
|
|
_OnScroll(hwnd, hwndCtl, zDelta >= 0 ? SB_LINEUP : SB_LINEDOWN, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
_OnScroll(hwnd, hwndCtl, zDelta >= 0 ? SB_PAGEUP : SB_PAGEDOWN, 0);
|
|
mch_enable_flush();
|
|
gui_may_flush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get Menu Font.
|
|
* Return OK or FAIL.
|
|
*/
|
|
static int
|
|
gui_w32_get_menu_font(LOGFONT *lf)
|
|
{
|
|
NONCLIENTMETRICS nm;
|
|
|
|
nm.cbSize = sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS);
|
|
if (!SystemParametersInfo(
|
|
SPI_GETNONCLIENTMETRICS,
|
|
sizeof(NONCLIENTMETRICS),
|
|
&nm,
|
|
0))
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
*lf = nm.lfMenuFont;
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && defined(USE_SYSMENU_FONT)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the GUI tabline font to the system menu font
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
set_tabline_font(void)
|
|
{
|
|
LOGFONT lfSysmenu;
|
|
HFONT font;
|
|
HWND hwnd;
|
|
HDC hdc;
|
|
HFONT hfntOld;
|
|
TEXTMETRIC tm;
|
|
|
|
if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) != OK)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
font = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(s_tabhwnd, WM_SETFONT, (WPARAM)font, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Compute the height of the font used for the tab text
|
|
*/
|
|
hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
|
|
hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
|
|
hfntOld = SelectFont(hdc, font);
|
|
|
|
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &tm);
|
|
|
|
SelectFont(hdc, hfntOld);
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The space used by the tab border and the space between the tab label
|
|
* and the tab border is included as 7.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui.tabline_height = tm.tmHeight + tm.tmInternalLeading + 7;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Invoked when a setting was changed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
_OnSettingChange(UINT n)
|
|
{
|
|
if (n == SPI_SETWHEELSCROLLLINES)
|
|
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWHEELSCROLLLINES, 0,
|
|
&mouse_scroll_lines, 0);
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) && defined(USE_SYSMENU_FONT)
|
|
if (n == SPI_SETNONCLIENTMETRICS)
|
|
set_tabline_font();
|
|
#endif
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
static void
|
|
_OnWindowPosChanged(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
const LPWINDOWPOS lpwpos)
|
|
{
|
|
static int x = 0, y = 0, cx = 0, cy = 0;
|
|
extern int WSInitialized;
|
|
|
|
if (WSInitialized && (lpwpos->x != x || lpwpos->y != y
|
|
|| lpwpos->cx != cx || lpwpos->cy != cy))
|
|
{
|
|
x = lpwpos->x;
|
|
y = lpwpos->y;
|
|
cx = lpwpos->cx;
|
|
cy = lpwpos->cy;
|
|
netbeans_frame_moved(x, y);
|
|
}
|
|
/* Allow to send WM_SIZE and WM_MOVE */
|
|
FORWARD_WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED(hwnd, lpwpos, MyWindowProc);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
_DuringSizing(
|
|
UINT fwSide,
|
|
LPRECT lprc)
|
|
{
|
|
int w, h;
|
|
int valid_w, valid_h;
|
|
int w_offset, h_offset;
|
|
|
|
w = lprc->right - lprc->left;
|
|
h = lprc->bottom - lprc->top;
|
|
gui_mswin_get_valid_dimensions(w, h, &valid_w, &valid_h);
|
|
w_offset = w - valid_w;
|
|
h_offset = h - valid_h;
|
|
|
|
if (fwSide == WMSZ_LEFT || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPLEFT
|
|
|| fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMLEFT)
|
|
lprc->left += w_offset;
|
|
else if (fwSide == WMSZ_RIGHT || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPRIGHT
|
|
|| fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMRIGHT)
|
|
lprc->right -= w_offset;
|
|
|
|
if (fwSide == WMSZ_TOP || fwSide == WMSZ_TOPLEFT
|
|
|| fwSide == WMSZ_TOPRIGHT)
|
|
lprc->top += h_offset;
|
|
else if (fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOM || fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMLEFT
|
|
|| fwSide == WMSZ_BOTTOMRIGHT)
|
|
lprc->bottom -= h_offset;
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
_WndProc(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
TRACE("WndProc: hwnd = %08x, msg = %x, wParam = %x, lParam = %x\n",
|
|
hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
|
|
|
|
s_uMsg = uMsg;
|
|
s_wParam = wParam;
|
|
s_lParam = lParam;
|
|
|
|
switch (uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_DEADCHAR, _OnDeadChar);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SYSDEADCHAR, _OnDeadChar);
|
|
/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_ACTIVATE, _OnActivate); */
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_CLOSE, _OnClose);
|
|
/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_COMMAND, _OnCommand); */
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_DESTROY, _OnDestroy);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_DROPFILES, _OnDropFiles);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_HSCROLL, _OnScroll);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_KILLFOCUS, _OnKillFocus);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_COMMAND, _OnMenu);
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_MOVE, _OnMove); */
|
|
/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_NCACTIVATE, _OnNCActivate); */
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SETFOCUS, _OnSetFocus);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SIZE, _OnSize);
|
|
/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, _OnSysCommand); */
|
|
/* HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_SYSKEYDOWN, _OnAltKey); */
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_VSCROLL, _OnScroll);
|
|
// HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGING, _OnWindowPosChanging);
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_ACTIVATEAPP, _OnActivateApp);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
HANDLE_MSG(hwnd, WM_WINDOWPOSCHANGED, _OnWindowPosChanged);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
case WM_RBUTTONUP:
|
|
{
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
|
|
{
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the cursor is on the tabline, display the tab menu
|
|
*/
|
|
GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&pt);
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rect);
|
|
if (pt.y < rect.top)
|
|
{
|
|
show_tabline_popup_menu();
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONDBLCLK:
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the user double clicked the tabline, create a new tab
|
|
*/
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
|
|
{
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&pt);
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rect);
|
|
if (pt.y < rect.top)
|
|
send_tabline_menu_event(0, TABLINE_MENU_NEW);
|
|
}
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case WM_QUERYENDSESSION: /* System wants to go down. */
|
|
gui_shell_closed(); /* Will exit when no changed buffers. */
|
|
return FALSE; /* Do NOT allow system to go down. */
|
|
|
|
case WM_ENDSESSION:
|
|
if (wParam) /* system only really goes down when wParam is TRUE */
|
|
{
|
|
_OnEndSession();
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case WM_CHAR:
|
|
/* Don't use HANDLE_MSG() for WM_CHAR, it truncates wParam to a single
|
|
* byte while we want the UTF-16 character value. */
|
|
_OnChar(hwnd, (UINT)wParam, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam));
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
|
|
case WM_SYSCHAR:
|
|
/*
|
|
* if 'winaltkeys' is "no", or it's "menu" and it's not a menu
|
|
* shortcut key, handle like a typed ALT key, otherwise call Windows
|
|
* ALT key handling.
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
if ( !gui.menu_is_active
|
|
|| p_wak[0] == 'n'
|
|
|| (p_wak[0] == 'm' && !gui_is_menu_shortcut((int)wParam))
|
|
)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
_OnSysChar(hwnd, (UINT)wParam, (int)(short)LOWORD(lParam));
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
}
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
else
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case WM_SYSKEYUP:
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/* This used to be done only when menu is active: ALT key is used for
|
|
* that. But that caused problems when menu is disabled and using
|
|
* Alt-Tab-Esc: get into a strange state where no mouse-moved events
|
|
* are received, mouse pointer remains hidden. */
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
#else
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
case WM_SIZING: /* HANDLE_MSG doesn't seem to handle this one */
|
|
return _DuringSizing((UINT)wParam, (LPRECT)lParam);
|
|
|
|
case WM_MOUSEWHEEL:
|
|
_OnMouseWheel(hwnd, HIWORD(wParam));
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
|
|
/* Notification for change in SystemParametersInfo() */
|
|
case WM_SETTINGCHANGE:
|
|
return _OnSettingChange((UINT)wParam);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE)
|
|
case WM_NOTIFY:
|
|
switch (((LPNMHDR) lParam)->code)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
case TTN_GETDISPINFOW:
|
|
# endif
|
|
case TTN_GETDISPINFO:
|
|
{
|
|
LPNMHDR hdr = (LPNMHDR)lParam;
|
|
char_u *str = NULL;
|
|
static void *tt_text = NULL;
|
|
|
|
VIM_CLEAR(tt_text);
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
|
|
&& hdr->hwndFrom == TabCtrl_GetToolTips(s_tabhwnd))
|
|
{
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
/*
|
|
* Mouse is over the GUI tabline. Display the
|
|
* tooltip for the tab under the cursor
|
|
*
|
|
* Get the cursor position within the tab control
|
|
*/
|
|
GetCursorPos(&pt);
|
|
if (ScreenToClient(s_tabhwnd, &pt) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
TCHITTESTINFO htinfo;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the tab under the cursor
|
|
*/
|
|
htinfo.pt.x = pt.x;
|
|
htinfo.pt.y = pt.y;
|
|
idx = TabCtrl_HitTest(s_tabhwnd, &htinfo);
|
|
if (idx != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
|
|
tp = find_tabpage(idx + 1);
|
|
if (tp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
get_tabline_label(tp, TRUE);
|
|
str = NameBuff;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
{
|
|
UINT idButton;
|
|
vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
|
|
idButton = (UINT) hdr->idFrom;
|
|
pMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(root_menu, idButton);
|
|
if (pMenu)
|
|
str = pMenu->strings[MENU_INDEX_TIP];
|
|
}
|
|
# endif
|
|
if (str != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (hdr->code == TTN_GETDISPINFOW)
|
|
{
|
|
LPNMTTDISPINFOW lpdi = (LPNMTTDISPINFOW)lParam;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the maximum width, this also enables using
|
|
* \n for line break. */
|
|
SendMessage(lpdi->hdr.hwndFrom, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH,
|
|
0, 500);
|
|
|
|
tt_text = enc_to_utf16(str, NULL);
|
|
lpdi->lpszText = tt_text;
|
|
/* can't show tooltip if failed */
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
{
|
|
LPNMTTDISPINFO lpdi = (LPNMTTDISPINFO)lParam;
|
|
|
|
/* Set the maximum width, this also enables using
|
|
* \n for line break. */
|
|
SendMessage(lpdi->hdr.hwndFrom, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH,
|
|
0, 500);
|
|
|
|
if (STRLEN(str) < sizeof(lpdi->szText)
|
|
|| ((tt_text = vim_strsave(str)) == NULL))
|
|
vim_strncpy((char_u *)lpdi->szText, str,
|
|
sizeof(lpdi->szText) - 1);
|
|
else
|
|
lpdi->lpszText = tt_text;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
case TCN_SELCHANGE:
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
|
|
&& ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom == s_tabhwnd)
|
|
{
|
|
send_tabline_event(TabCtrl_GetCurSel(s_tabhwnd) + 1);
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
case NM_RCLICK:
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
|
|
&& ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom == s_tabhwnd)
|
|
{
|
|
show_tabline_popup_menu();
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
# endif
|
|
default:
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline()
|
|
&& ((LPNMHDR)lParam)->hwndFrom == s_tabhwnd)
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
# endif
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(MENUHINTS) && defined(FEAT_MENU)
|
|
case WM_MENUSELECT:
|
|
if (((UINT) HIWORD(wParam)
|
|
& (0xffff ^ (MF_MOUSESELECT + MF_BITMAP + MF_POPUP)))
|
|
== MF_HILITE
|
|
&& (State & CMDLINE) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
UINT idButton;
|
|
vimmenu_T *pMenu;
|
|
static int did_menu_tip = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (did_menu_tip)
|
|
{
|
|
msg_clr_cmdline();
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
did_menu_tip = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
idButton = (UINT)LOWORD(wParam);
|
|
pMenu = gui_mswin_find_menu(root_menu, idButton);
|
|
if (pMenu != NULL && pMenu->strings[MENU_INDEX_TIP] != 0
|
|
&& GetMenuState(s_menuBar, pMenu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND) != -1)
|
|
{
|
|
++msg_hist_off;
|
|
msg(pMenu->strings[MENU_INDEX_TIP]);
|
|
--msg_hist_off;
|
|
setcursor();
|
|
out_flush();
|
|
did_menu_tip = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0L;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
case WM_NCHITTEST:
|
|
{
|
|
LRESULT result;
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
int xPos = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
|
|
result = MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
if (result == HTCLIENT)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
|
|
{
|
|
int yPos = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
RECT rct;
|
|
|
|
/* If the cursor is on the GUI tabline, don't process this
|
|
* event */
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_textArea, &rct);
|
|
if (yPos < rct.top)
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
(void)gui_mch_get_winpos(&x, &y);
|
|
xPos -= x;
|
|
|
|
if (xPos < 48) /* <VN> TODO should use system metric? */
|
|
return HTBOTTOMLEFT;
|
|
else
|
|
return HTBOTTOMRIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
return result;
|
|
}
|
|
/* break; notreached */
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
case WM_IME_NOTIFY:
|
|
if (!_OnImeNotify(hwnd, (DWORD)wParam, (DWORD)lParam))
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 1L;
|
|
|
|
case WM_IME_COMPOSITION:
|
|
if (!_OnImeComposition(hwnd, wParam, lParam))
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
return 1L;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
default:
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
if (uMsg == s_findrep_msg && s_findrep_msg != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
_OnFindRepl();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
return MyWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return DefWindowProc(hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* End of call-back routines
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* parent window, if specified with -P */
|
|
HWND vim_parent_hwnd = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static BOOL CALLBACK
|
|
FindWindowTitle(HWND hwnd, LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[2048];
|
|
char *title = (char *)lParam;
|
|
|
|
if (GetWindowText(hwnd, buf, sizeof(buf)))
|
|
{
|
|
if (strstr(buf, title) != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Found it. Store the window ref. and quit searching if MDI
|
|
* works. */
|
|
vim_parent_hwnd = FindWindowEx(hwnd, NULL, "MDIClient", NULL);
|
|
if (vim_parent_hwnd != NULL)
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return TRUE; /* continue searching */
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Invoked for '-P "title"' argument: search for parent application to open
|
|
* our window in.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_parent(char *title)
|
|
{
|
|
EnumWindows(FindWindowTitle, (LPARAM)title);
|
|
if (vim_parent_hwnd == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG2(_("E671: Cannot find window title \"%s\""), title);
|
|
mch_exit(2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifndef FEAT_OLE
|
|
static void
|
|
ole_error(char *arg)
|
|
{
|
|
char buf[IOSIZE];
|
|
|
|
/* Can't use EMSG() here, we have not finished initialisation yet. */
|
|
vim_snprintf(buf, IOSIZE,
|
|
_("E243: Argument not supported: \"-%s\"; Use the OLE version."),
|
|
arg);
|
|
mch_errmsg(buf);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Parse the GUI related command-line arguments. Any arguments used are
|
|
* deleted from argv, and *argc is decremented accordingly. This is called
|
|
* when vim is started, whether or not the GUI has been started.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_prepare(int *argc, char **argv)
|
|
{
|
|
int silent = FALSE;
|
|
int idx;
|
|
|
|
/* Check for special OLE command line parameters */
|
|
if ((*argc == 2 || *argc == 3) && (argv[1][0] == '-' || argv[1][0] == '/'))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Check for a "-silent" argument first. */
|
|
if (*argc == 3 && STRICMP(argv[1] + 1, "silent") == 0
|
|
&& (argv[2][0] == '-' || argv[2][0] == '/'))
|
|
{
|
|
silent = TRUE;
|
|
idx = 2;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
idx = 1;
|
|
|
|
/* Register Vim as an OLE Automation server */
|
|
if (STRICMP(argv[idx] + 1, "register") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_OLE
|
|
RegisterMe(silent);
|
|
mch_exit(0);
|
|
#else
|
|
if (!silent)
|
|
ole_error("register");
|
|
mch_exit(2);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Unregister Vim as an OLE Automation server */
|
|
if (STRICMP(argv[idx] + 1, "unregister") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_OLE
|
|
UnregisterMe(!silent);
|
|
mch_exit(0);
|
|
#else
|
|
if (!silent)
|
|
ole_error("unregister");
|
|
mch_exit(2);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Ignore an -embedding argument. It is only relevant if the
|
|
* application wants to treat the case when it is started manually
|
|
* differently from the case where it is started via automation (and
|
|
* we don't).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (STRICMP(argv[idx] + 1, "embedding") == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_OLE
|
|
*argc = 1;
|
|
#else
|
|
ole_error("embedding");
|
|
mch_exit(2);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_OLE
|
|
{
|
|
int bDoRestart = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
InitOLE(&bDoRestart);
|
|
/* automatically exit after registering */
|
|
if (bDoRestart)
|
|
mch_exit(0);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG
|
|
{
|
|
/* stolen from gui_x11.c */
|
|
int arg;
|
|
|
|
for (arg = 1; arg < *argc; arg++)
|
|
if (strncmp("-nb", argv[arg], 3) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
netbeansArg = argv[arg];
|
|
mch_memmove(&argv[arg], &argv[arg + 1],
|
|
(--*argc - arg) * sizeof(char *));
|
|
argv[*argc] = NULL;
|
|
break; /* enough? */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialise the GUI. Create all the windows, set up all the call-backs
|
|
* etc.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_init(void)
|
|
{
|
|
const char szVimWndClass[] = VIM_CLASS;
|
|
const char szTextAreaClass[] = "VimTextArea";
|
|
WNDCLASS wndclass;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
const WCHAR szVimWndClassW[] = VIM_CLASSW;
|
|
const WCHAR szTextAreaClassW[] = L"VimTextArea";
|
|
WNDCLASSW wndclassw;
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
ATOM atom;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Return here if the window was already opened (happens when
|
|
* gui_mch_dialog() is called early). */
|
|
if (s_hwnd != NULL)
|
|
goto theend;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Load the tearoff bitmap
|
|
*/
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
s_htearbitmap = LoadBitmap(s_hinst, "IDB_TEAROFF");
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
gui.scrollbar_width = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
|
|
gui.scrollbar_height = GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYHSCROLL);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
gui.menu_height = 0; /* Windows takes care of this */
|
|
#endif
|
|
gui.border_width = 0;
|
|
|
|
s_brush = CreateSolidBrush(GetSysColor(COLOR_BTNFACE));
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* First try using the wide version, so that we can use any title.
|
|
* Otherwise only characters in the active codepage will work. */
|
|
if (GetClassInfoW(s_hinst, szVimWndClassW, &wndclassw) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
wndclassw.style = CS_DBLCLKS;
|
|
wndclassw.lpfnWndProc = _WndProc;
|
|
wndclassw.cbClsExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclassw.cbWndExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclassw.hInstance = s_hinst;
|
|
wndclassw.hIcon = LoadIcon(wndclassw.hInstance, "IDR_VIM");
|
|
wndclassw.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
|
|
wndclassw.hbrBackground = s_brush;
|
|
wndclassw.lpszMenuName = NULL;
|
|
wndclassw.lpszClassName = szVimWndClassW;
|
|
|
|
if ((
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
atom =
|
|
#endif
|
|
RegisterClassW(&wndclassw)) == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
else
|
|
wide_WindowProc = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!wide_WindowProc)
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (GetClassInfo(s_hinst, szVimWndClass, &wndclass) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
wndclass.style = CS_DBLCLKS;
|
|
wndclass.lpfnWndProc = _WndProc;
|
|
wndclass.cbClsExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclass.cbWndExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclass.hInstance = s_hinst;
|
|
wndclass.hIcon = LoadIcon(wndclass.hInstance, "IDR_VIM");
|
|
wndclass.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
|
|
wndclass.hbrBackground = s_brush;
|
|
wndclass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
|
|
wndclass.lpszClassName = szVimWndClass;
|
|
|
|
if ((
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
atom =
|
|
#endif
|
|
RegisterClass(&wndclass)) == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (vim_parent_hwnd != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_TRY_EXCEPT
|
|
__try
|
|
{
|
|
#endif
|
|
/* Open inside the specified parent window.
|
|
* TODO: last argument should point to a CLIENTCREATESTRUCT
|
|
* structure. */
|
|
s_hwnd = CreateWindowEx(
|
|
WS_EX_MDICHILD,
|
|
szVimWndClass, "Vim MSWindows GUI",
|
|
WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW | WS_CHILD
|
|
| WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN | 0xC000,
|
|
gui_win_x == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_x,
|
|
gui_win_y == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_y,
|
|
100, /* Any value will do */
|
|
100, /* Any value will do */
|
|
vim_parent_hwnd, NULL,
|
|
s_hinst, NULL);
|
|
#ifdef HAVE_TRY_EXCEPT
|
|
}
|
|
__except(EXCEPTION_EXECUTE_HANDLER)
|
|
{
|
|
/* NOP */
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (s_hwnd == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
EMSG(_("E672: Unable to open window inside MDI application"));
|
|
mch_exit(2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* If the provided windowid is not valid reset it to zero, so that it
|
|
* is ignored and we open our own window. */
|
|
if (IsWindow((HWND)win_socket_id) <= 0)
|
|
win_socket_id = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* Create a window. If win_socket_id is not zero without border and
|
|
* titlebar, it will be reparented below. */
|
|
s_hwnd = CreateWindow(
|
|
szVimWndClass, "Vim MSWindows GUI",
|
|
(win_socket_id == 0 ? WS_OVERLAPPEDWINDOW : WS_POPUP)
|
|
| WS_CLIPSIBLINGS | WS_CLIPCHILDREN,
|
|
gui_win_x == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_x,
|
|
gui_win_y == -1 ? CW_USEDEFAULT : gui_win_y,
|
|
100, /* Any value will do */
|
|
100, /* Any value will do */
|
|
NULL, NULL,
|
|
s_hinst, NULL);
|
|
if (s_hwnd != NULL && win_socket_id != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
SetParent(s_hwnd, (HWND)win_socket_id);
|
|
ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (s_hwnd == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef GLOBAL_IME
|
|
global_ime_init(atom, s_hwnd);
|
|
#endif
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(DYNAMIC_IME)
|
|
dyn_imm_load();
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* Create the text area window */
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (wide_WindowProc)
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetClassInfoW(s_hinst, szTextAreaClassW, &wndclassw) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
wndclassw.style = CS_OWNDC;
|
|
wndclassw.lpfnWndProc = _TextAreaWndProc;
|
|
wndclassw.cbClsExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclassw.cbWndExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclassw.hInstance = s_hinst;
|
|
wndclassw.hIcon = NULL;
|
|
wndclassw.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
|
|
wndclassw.hbrBackground = NULL;
|
|
wndclassw.lpszMenuName = NULL;
|
|
wndclassw.lpszClassName = szTextAreaClassW;
|
|
|
|
if (RegisterClassW(&wndclassw) == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (GetClassInfo(s_hinst, szTextAreaClass, &wndclass) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
wndclass.style = CS_OWNDC;
|
|
wndclass.lpfnWndProc = _TextAreaWndProc;
|
|
wndclass.cbClsExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclass.cbWndExtra = 0;
|
|
wndclass.hInstance = s_hinst;
|
|
wndclass.hIcon = NULL;
|
|
wndclass.hCursor = LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_ARROW);
|
|
wndclass.hbrBackground = NULL;
|
|
wndclass.lpszMenuName = NULL;
|
|
wndclass.lpszClassName = szTextAreaClass;
|
|
|
|
if (RegisterClass(&wndclass) == 0)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
}
|
|
s_textArea = CreateWindowEx(
|
|
0,
|
|
szTextAreaClass, "Vim text area",
|
|
WS_CHILD | WS_VISIBLE, 0, 0,
|
|
100, /* Any value will do for now */
|
|
100, /* Any value will do for now */
|
|
s_hwnd, NULL,
|
|
s_hinst, NULL);
|
|
|
|
if (s_textArea == NULL)
|
|
return FAIL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_LIBCALL
|
|
/* Try loading an icon from $RUNTIMEPATH/bitmaps/vim.ico. */
|
|
{
|
|
HANDLE hIcon = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (mch_icon_load(&hIcon) == OK && hIcon != NULL)
|
|
SendMessage(s_hwnd, WM_SETICON, ICON_SMALL, (LPARAM)hIcon);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
s_menuBar = CreateMenu();
|
|
#endif
|
|
s_hdc = GetDC(s_textArea);
|
|
|
|
DragAcceptFiles(s_hwnd, TRUE);
|
|
|
|
/* Do we need to bother with this? */
|
|
/* m_fMouseAvail = GetSystemMetrics(SM_MOUSEPRESENT); */
|
|
|
|
/* Get background/foreground colors from the system */
|
|
gui_mch_def_colors();
|
|
|
|
/* Get the colors from the "Normal" group (set in syntax.c or in a vimrc
|
|
* file) */
|
|
set_normal_colors();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check that none of the colors are the same as the background color.
|
|
* Then store the current values as the defaults.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui_check_colors();
|
|
gui.def_norm_pixel = gui.norm_pixel;
|
|
gui.def_back_pixel = gui.back_pixel;
|
|
|
|
/* Get the colors for the highlight groups (gui_check_colors() might have
|
|
* changed them) */
|
|
highlight_gui_started();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Start out by adding the configured border width into the border offset.
|
|
*/
|
|
gui.border_offset = gui.border_width;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set up for Intellimouse processing
|
|
*/
|
|
init_mouse_wheel();
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* compute a couple of metrics used for the dialogs
|
|
*/
|
|
get_dialog_font_metrics();
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create the toolbar
|
|
*/
|
|
initialise_toolbar();
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_GUI_TABLINE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create the tabline
|
|
*/
|
|
initialise_tabline();
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef MSWIN_FIND_REPLACE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Initialise the dialog box stuff
|
|
*/
|
|
s_findrep_msg = RegisterWindowMessage(FINDMSGSTRING);
|
|
|
|
/* Initialise the struct */
|
|
s_findrep_struct.lStructSize = sizeof(s_findrep_struct);
|
|
s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat = (LPSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE);
|
|
s_findrep_struct.lpstrFindWhat[0] = NUL;
|
|
s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith = (LPSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE);
|
|
s_findrep_struct.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
|
|
s_findrep_struct.wFindWhatLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
|
|
s_findrep_struct.wReplaceWithLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.lStructSize = sizeof(s_findrep_struct_w);
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrFindWhat =
|
|
(LPWSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrFindWhat[0] = NUL;
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrReplaceWith =
|
|
(LPWSTR)alloc(MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.lpstrReplaceWith[0] = NUL;
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.wFindWhatLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
|
|
s_findrep_struct_w.wReplaceWithLen = MSWIN_FR_BUFSIZE;
|
|
# endif
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_EVAL
|
|
# if !defined(_MSC_VER) || (_MSC_VER < 1400)
|
|
/* Define HandleToLong for old MS and non-MS compilers if not defined. */
|
|
# ifndef HandleToLong
|
|
# define HandleToLong(h) ((long)(intptr_t)(h))
|
|
# endif
|
|
# endif
|
|
/* set the v:windowid variable */
|
|
set_vim_var_nr(VV_WINDOWID, HandleToLong(s_hwnd));
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RENDER_OPTIONS
|
|
if (p_rop)
|
|
(void)gui_mch_set_rendering_options(p_rop);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
theend:
|
|
/* Display any pending error messages */
|
|
display_errors();
|
|
|
|
return OK;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get the size of the screen, taking position on multiple monitors into
|
|
* account (if supported).
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
get_work_area(RECT *spi_rect)
|
|
{
|
|
HMONITOR mon;
|
|
MONITORINFO moninfo;
|
|
|
|
/* work out which monitor the window is on, and get *it's* work area */
|
|
mon = MonitorFromWindow(s_hwnd, MONITOR_DEFAULTTOPRIMARY);
|
|
if (mon != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
moninfo.cbSize = sizeof(MONITORINFO);
|
|
if (GetMonitorInfo(mon, &moninfo))
|
|
{
|
|
*spi_rect = moninfo.rcWork;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
/* this is the old method... */
|
|
SystemParametersInfo(SPI_GETWORKAREA, 0, spi_rect, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the size of the window to the given width and height in pixels.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_shellsize(
|
|
int width,
|
|
int height,
|
|
int min_width UNUSED,
|
|
int min_height UNUSED,
|
|
int base_width UNUSED,
|
|
int base_height UNUSED,
|
|
int direction)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT workarea_rect;
|
|
int win_width, win_height;
|
|
WINDOWPLACEMENT wndpl;
|
|
|
|
/* Try to keep window completely on screen. */
|
|
/* Get position of the screen work area. This is the part that is not
|
|
* used by the taskbar or appbars. */
|
|
get_work_area(&workarea_rect);
|
|
|
|
/* Get current position of our window. Note that the .left and .top are
|
|
* relative to the work area. */
|
|
wndpl.length = sizeof(WINDOWPLACEMENT);
|
|
GetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wndpl);
|
|
|
|
/* Resizing a maximized window looks very strange, unzoom it first.
|
|
* But don't do it when still starting up, it may have been requested in
|
|
* the shortcut. */
|
|
if (wndpl.showCmd == SW_SHOWMAXIMIZED && starting == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
ShowWindow(s_hwnd, SW_SHOWNORMAL);
|
|
/* Need to get the settings of the normal window. */
|
|
GetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wndpl);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* compute the size of the outside of the window */
|
|
win_width = width + (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
|
|
win_height = height + (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
|
|
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
+ gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
/* The following should take care of keeping Vim on the same monitor, no
|
|
* matter if the secondary monitor is left or right of the primary
|
|
* monitor. */
|
|
wndpl.rcNormalPosition.right = wndpl.rcNormalPosition.left + win_width;
|
|
wndpl.rcNormalPosition.bottom = wndpl.rcNormalPosition.top + win_height;
|
|
|
|
/* If the window is going off the screen, move it on to the screen. */
|
|
if ((direction & RESIZE_HOR)
|
|
&& wndpl.rcNormalPosition.right > workarea_rect.right)
|
|
OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
|
|
workarea_rect.right - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.right, 0);
|
|
|
|
if ((direction & RESIZE_HOR)
|
|
&& wndpl.rcNormalPosition.left < workarea_rect.left)
|
|
OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
|
|
workarea_rect.left - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.left, 0);
|
|
|
|
if ((direction & RESIZE_VERT)
|
|
&& wndpl.rcNormalPosition.bottom > workarea_rect.bottom)
|
|
OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
|
|
0, workarea_rect.bottom - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.bottom);
|
|
|
|
if ((direction & RESIZE_VERT)
|
|
&& wndpl.rcNormalPosition.top < workarea_rect.top)
|
|
OffsetRect(&wndpl.rcNormalPosition,
|
|
0, workarea_rect.top - wndpl.rcNormalPosition.top);
|
|
|
|
/* set window position - we should use SetWindowPlacement rather than
|
|
* SetWindowPos as the MSDN docs say the coord systems returned by
|
|
* these two are not compatible. */
|
|
SetWindowPlacement(s_hwnd, &wndpl);
|
|
|
|
SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
/* Menu may wrap differently now */
|
|
gui_mswin_get_menu_height(!gui.starting);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_scrollbar_thumb(
|
|
scrollbar_T *sb,
|
|
long val,
|
|
long size,
|
|
long max)
|
|
{
|
|
SCROLLINFO info;
|
|
|
|
sb->scroll_shift = 0;
|
|
while (max > 32767)
|
|
{
|
|
max = (max + 1) >> 1;
|
|
val >>= 1;
|
|
size >>= 1;
|
|
++sb->scroll_shift;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (sb->scroll_shift > 0)
|
|
++size;
|
|
|
|
info.cbSize = sizeof(info);
|
|
info.fMask = SIF_POS | SIF_RANGE | SIF_PAGE;
|
|
info.nPos = val;
|
|
info.nMin = 0;
|
|
info.nMax = max;
|
|
info.nPage = size;
|
|
SetScrollInfo(sb->id, SB_CTL, &info, TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the current text font.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_font(GuiFont font)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.currFont = font;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the current text foreground color.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_fg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.currFgColor = color;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the current text background color.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_bg_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.currBgColor = color;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set the current text special color.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_sp_color(guicolor_T color)
|
|
{
|
|
gui.currSpColor = color;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE_IME
|
|
/*
|
|
* Multi-byte handling, originally by Sung-Hoon Baek.
|
|
* First static functions (no prototypes generated).
|
|
*/
|
|
# ifdef _MSC_VER
|
|
# include <ime.h> /* Apparently not needed for Cygwin, MingW or Borland. */
|
|
# endif
|
|
# include <imm.h>
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* handle WM_IME_NOTIFY message
|
|
*/
|
|
static LRESULT
|
|
_OnImeNotify(HWND hWnd, DWORD dwCommand, DWORD dwData UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
LRESULT lResult = 0;
|
|
HIMC hImc;
|
|
|
|
if (!pImmGetContext || (hImc = pImmGetContext(hWnd)) == (HIMC)0)
|
|
return lResult;
|
|
switch (dwCommand)
|
|
{
|
|
case IMN_SETOPENSTATUS:
|
|
if (pImmGetOpenStatus(hImc))
|
|
{
|
|
pImmSetCompositionFont(hImc, &norm_logfont);
|
|
im_set_position(gui.row, gui.col);
|
|
|
|
/* Disable langmap */
|
|
State &= ~LANGMAP;
|
|
if (State & INSERT)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_KEYMAP)
|
|
/* Unshown 'keymap' in status lines */
|
|
if (curbuf->b_p_iminsert == B_IMODE_LMAP)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Save cursor position */
|
|
int old_row = gui.row;
|
|
int old_col = gui.col;
|
|
|
|
// This must be called here before
|
|
// status_redraw_curbuf(), otherwise the mode
|
|
// message may appear in the wrong position.
|
|
showmode();
|
|
status_redraw_curbuf();
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
/* Restore cursor position */
|
|
gui.row = old_row;
|
|
gui.col = old_col;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
gui_update_cursor(TRUE, FALSE);
|
|
gui_mch_flush();
|
|
lResult = 0;
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
pImmReleaseContext(hWnd, hImc);
|
|
return lResult;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static LRESULT
|
|
_OnImeComposition(HWND hwnd, WPARAM dbcs UNUSED, LPARAM param)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u *ret;
|
|
int len;
|
|
|
|
if ((param & GCS_RESULTSTR) == 0) /* Composition unfinished. */
|
|
return 0;
|
|
|
|
ret = GetResultStr(hwnd, GCS_RESULTSTR, &len);
|
|
if (ret != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
add_to_input_buf_csi(ret, len);
|
|
vim_free(ret);
|
|
return 1;
|
|
}
|
|
return 0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* get the current composition string, in UCS-2; *lenp is the number of
|
|
* *lenp is the number of Unicode characters.
|
|
*/
|
|
static short_u *
|
|
GetCompositionString_inUCS2(HIMC hIMC, DWORD GCS, int *lenp)
|
|
{
|
|
LONG ret;
|
|
LPWSTR wbuf = NULL;
|
|
char_u *buf;
|
|
|
|
if (!pImmGetContext)
|
|
return NULL; /* no imm32.dll */
|
|
|
|
/* Try Unicode; this'll always work on NT regardless of codepage. */
|
|
ret = pImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS, NULL, 0);
|
|
if (ret == 0)
|
|
return NULL; /* empty */
|
|
|
|
if (ret > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Allocate the requested buffer plus space for the NUL character. */
|
|
wbuf = (LPWSTR)alloc(ret + sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
if (wbuf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
pImmGetCompositionStringW(hIMC, GCS, wbuf, ret);
|
|
*lenp = ret / sizeof(WCHAR);
|
|
}
|
|
return (short_u *)wbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* ret < 0; we got an error, so try the ANSI version. This'll work
|
|
* on 9x/ME, but only if the codepage happens to be set to whatever
|
|
* we're inputting. */
|
|
ret = pImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS, NULL, 0);
|
|
if (ret <= 0)
|
|
return NULL; /* empty or error */
|
|
|
|
buf = alloc(ret);
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
pImmGetCompositionStringA(hIMC, GCS, buf, ret);
|
|
|
|
/* convert from codepage to UCS-2 */
|
|
MultiByteToWideChar_alloc(GetACP(), 0, (LPCSTR)buf, ret, &wbuf, lenp);
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
|
|
return (short_u *)wbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* void GetResultStr()
|
|
*
|
|
* This handles WM_IME_COMPOSITION with GCS_RESULTSTR flag on.
|
|
* get complete composition string
|
|
*/
|
|
static char_u *
|
|
GetResultStr(HWND hwnd, int GCS, int *lenp)
|
|
{
|
|
HIMC hIMC; /* Input context handle. */
|
|
short_u *buf = NULL;
|
|
char_u *convbuf = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (!pImmGetContext || (hIMC = pImmGetContext(hwnd)) == (HIMC)0)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
/* Reads in the composition string. */
|
|
buf = GetCompositionString_inUCS2(hIMC, GCS, lenp);
|
|
if (buf == NULL)
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
|
|
convbuf = utf16_to_enc(buf, lenp);
|
|
pImmReleaseContext(hwnd, hIMC);
|
|
vim_free(buf);
|
|
return convbuf;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/* For global functions we need prototypes. */
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* set font to IM.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
im_set_font(LOGFONT *lf)
|
|
{
|
|
HIMC hImc;
|
|
|
|
if (pImmGetContext && (hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd)) != (HIMC)0)
|
|
{
|
|
pImmSetCompositionFont(hImc, lf);
|
|
pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
HIMC hImc;
|
|
|
|
if (pImmGetContext && (hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd)) != (HIMC)0)
|
|
{
|
|
COMPOSITIONFORM cfs;
|
|
|
|
cfs.dwStyle = CFS_POINT;
|
|
cfs.ptCurrentPos.x = FILL_X(col);
|
|
cfs.ptCurrentPos.y = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
MapWindowPoints(s_textArea, s_hwnd, &cfs.ptCurrentPos, 1);
|
|
pImmSetCompositionWindow(hImc, &cfs);
|
|
|
|
pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
im_set_active(int active)
|
|
{
|
|
HIMC hImc;
|
|
static HIMC hImcOld = (HIMC)0;
|
|
|
|
if (pImmGetContext) /* if NULL imm32.dll wasn't loaded (yet) */
|
|
{
|
|
if (p_imdisable)
|
|
{
|
|
if (hImcOld == (HIMC)0)
|
|
{
|
|
hImcOld = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd);
|
|
if (hImcOld)
|
|
pImmAssociateContext(s_hwnd, (HIMC)0);
|
|
}
|
|
active = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (hImcOld != (HIMC)0)
|
|
{
|
|
pImmAssociateContext(s_hwnd, hImcOld);
|
|
hImcOld = (HIMC)0;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd);
|
|
if (hImc)
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* for Korean ime
|
|
*/
|
|
HKL hKL = GetKeyboardLayout(0);
|
|
|
|
if (LOWORD(hKL) == MAKELANGID(LANG_KOREAN, SUBLANG_KOREAN))
|
|
{
|
|
static DWORD dwConversionSaved = 0, dwSentenceSaved = 0;
|
|
static BOOL bSaved = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
if (active)
|
|
{
|
|
/* if we have a saved conversion status, restore it */
|
|
if (bSaved)
|
|
pImmSetConversionStatus(hImc, dwConversionSaved,
|
|
dwSentenceSaved);
|
|
bSaved = FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* save conversion status and disable korean */
|
|
if (pImmGetConversionStatus(hImc, &dwConversionSaved,
|
|
&dwSentenceSaved))
|
|
{
|
|
bSaved = TRUE;
|
|
pImmSetConversionStatus(hImc,
|
|
dwConversionSaved & ~(IME_CMODE_NATIVE
|
|
| IME_CMODE_FULLSHAPE),
|
|
dwSentenceSaved);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
pImmSetOpenStatus(hImc, active);
|
|
pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
im_get_status(void)
|
|
{
|
|
int status = 0;
|
|
HIMC hImc;
|
|
|
|
if (pImmGetContext && (hImc = pImmGetContext(s_hwnd)) != (HIMC)0)
|
|
{
|
|
status = pImmGetOpenStatus(hImc) ? 1 : 0;
|
|
pImmReleaseContext(s_hwnd, hImc);
|
|
}
|
|
return status;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_MBYTE_IME */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE) && !defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(GLOBAL_IME)
|
|
/* Win32 with GLOBAL IME */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Notify cursor position to IM.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
im_set_position(int row, int col)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Win32 with GLOBAL IME */
|
|
POINT p;
|
|
|
|
p.x = FILL_X(col);
|
|
p.y = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
MapWindowPoints(s_textArea, s_hwnd, &p, 1);
|
|
global_ime_set_position(&p);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Set IM status on ("active" is TRUE) or off ("active" is FALSE).
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
im_set_active(int active)
|
|
{
|
|
global_ime_set_status(active);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get IM status. When IM is on, return not 0. Else return 0.
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
im_get_status(void)
|
|
{
|
|
return global_ime_get_status();
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/*
|
|
* Convert latin9 text "text[len]" to ucs-2 in "unicodebuf".
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
latin9_to_ucs(char_u *text, int len, WCHAR *unicodebuf)
|
|
{
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
while (--len >= 0)
|
|
{
|
|
c = *text++;
|
|
switch (c)
|
|
{
|
|
case 0xa4: c = 0x20ac; break; /* euro */
|
|
case 0xa6: c = 0x0160; break; /* S hat */
|
|
case 0xa8: c = 0x0161; break; /* S -hat */
|
|
case 0xb4: c = 0x017d; break; /* Z hat */
|
|
case 0xb8: c = 0x017e; break; /* Z -hat */
|
|
case 0xbc: c = 0x0152; break; /* OE */
|
|
case 0xbd: c = 0x0153; break; /* oe */
|
|
case 0xbe: c = 0x0178; break; /* Y */
|
|
}
|
|
*unicodebuf++ = c;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
/*
|
|
* What is this for? In the case where you are using Win98 or Win2K or later,
|
|
* and you are using a Hebrew font (or Arabic!), Windows does you a favor and
|
|
* reverses the string sent to the TextOut... family. This sucks, because we
|
|
* go to a lot of effort to do the right thing, and there doesn't seem to be a
|
|
* way to tell Windblows not to do this!
|
|
*
|
|
* The short of it is that this 'RevOut' only gets called if you are running
|
|
* one of the new, "improved" MS OSes, and only if you are running in
|
|
* 'rightleft' mode. It makes display take *slightly* longer, but not
|
|
* noticeably so.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
RevOut( HDC s_hdc,
|
|
int col,
|
|
int row,
|
|
UINT foptions,
|
|
CONST RECT *pcliprect,
|
|
LPCTSTR text,
|
|
UINT len,
|
|
CONST INT *padding)
|
|
{
|
|
int ix;
|
|
|
|
for (ix = 0; ix < (int)len; ++ix)
|
|
ExtTextOut(s_hdc, col + TEXT_X(ix), row, foptions,
|
|
pcliprect, text + ix, 1, padding);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
draw_line(
|
|
int x1,
|
|
int y1,
|
|
int x2,
|
|
int y2,
|
|
COLORREF color)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_DrawLine(s_dwc, x1, y1, x2, y2, color);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
HPEN hpen = CreatePen(PS_SOLID, 1, color);
|
|
HPEN old_pen = SelectObject(s_hdc, hpen);
|
|
MoveToEx(s_hdc, x1, y1, NULL);
|
|
/* Note: LineTo() excludes the last pixel in the line. */
|
|
LineTo(s_hdc, x2, y2);
|
|
DeleteObject(SelectObject(s_hdc, old_pen));
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
set_pixel(
|
|
int x,
|
|
int y,
|
|
COLORREF color)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_SetPixel(s_dwc, x, y, color);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x, y, color);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
fill_rect(
|
|
const RECT *rcp,
|
|
HBRUSH hbr,
|
|
COLORREF color)
|
|
{
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_FillRect(s_dwc, rcp, color);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
HBRUSH hbr2;
|
|
|
|
if (hbr == NULL)
|
|
hbr2 = CreateSolidBrush(color);
|
|
else
|
|
hbr2 = hbr;
|
|
FillRect(s_hdc, rcp, hbr2);
|
|
if (hbr == NULL)
|
|
DeleteBrush(hbr2);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_draw_string(
|
|
int row,
|
|
int col,
|
|
char_u *text,
|
|
int len,
|
|
int flags)
|
|
{
|
|
static int *padding = NULL;
|
|
static int pad_size = 0;
|
|
int i;
|
|
const RECT *pcliprect = NULL;
|
|
UINT foptions = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
static WCHAR *unicodebuf = NULL;
|
|
static int *unicodepdy = NULL;
|
|
static int unibuflen = 0;
|
|
int n = 0;
|
|
#endif
|
|
int y;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Italic and bold text seems to have an extra row of pixels at the bottom
|
|
* (below where the bottom of the character should be). If we draw the
|
|
* characters with a solid background, the top row of pixels in the
|
|
* character below will be overwritten. We can fix this by filling in the
|
|
* background ourselves, to the correct character proportions, and then
|
|
* writing the character in transparent mode. Still have a problem when
|
|
* the character is "_", which gets written on to the character below.
|
|
* New fix: set gui.char_ascent to -1. This shifts all characters up one
|
|
* pixel in their slots, which fixes the problem with the bottom row of
|
|
* pixels. We still need this code because otherwise the top row of pixels
|
|
* becomes a problem. - webb.
|
|
*/
|
|
static HBRUSH hbr_cache[2] = {NULL, NULL};
|
|
static guicolor_T brush_color[2] = {INVALCOLOR, INVALCOLOR};
|
|
static int brush_lru = 0;
|
|
HBRUSH hbr;
|
|
RECT rc;
|
|
|
|
if (!(flags & DRAW_TRANSP))
|
|
{
|
|
/*
|
|
* Clear background first.
|
|
* Note: FillRect() excludes right and bottom of rectangle.
|
|
*/
|
|
rc.left = FILL_X(col);
|
|
rc.top = FILL_Y(row);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
if (has_mbyte)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Compute the length in display cells. */
|
|
rc.right = FILL_X(col + mb_string2cells(text, len));
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
rc.right = FILL_X(col + len);
|
|
rc.bottom = FILL_Y(row + 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Cache the created brush, that saves a lot of time. We need two:
|
|
* one for cursor background and one for the normal background. */
|
|
if (gui.currBgColor == brush_color[0])
|
|
{
|
|
hbr = hbr_cache[0];
|
|
brush_lru = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (gui.currBgColor == brush_color[1])
|
|
{
|
|
hbr = hbr_cache[1];
|
|
brush_lru = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
if (hbr_cache[brush_lru] != NULL)
|
|
DeleteBrush(hbr_cache[brush_lru]);
|
|
hbr_cache[brush_lru] = CreateSolidBrush(gui.currBgColor);
|
|
brush_color[brush_lru] = gui.currBgColor;
|
|
hbr = hbr_cache[brush_lru];
|
|
brush_lru = !brush_lru;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
fill_rect(&rc, hbr, gui.currBgColor);
|
|
|
|
SetBkMode(s_hdc, TRANSPARENT);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* When drawing block cursor, prevent inverted character spilling
|
|
* over character cell (can happen with bold/italic)
|
|
*/
|
|
if (flags & DRAW_CURSOR)
|
|
{
|
|
pcliprect = &rc;
|
|
foptions = ETO_CLIPPED;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
SetTextColor(s_hdc, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SelectFont(s_hdc, gui.currFont);
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_DIRECTX
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_SetFont(s_dwc, (HFONT)gui.currFont);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (pad_size != Columns || padding == NULL || padding[0] != gui.char_width)
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(padding);
|
|
pad_size = Columns;
|
|
|
|
/* Don't give an out-of-memory message here, it would call us
|
|
* recursively. */
|
|
padding = (int *)lalloc(pad_size * sizeof(int), FALSE);
|
|
if (padding != NULL)
|
|
for (i = 0; i < pad_size; i++)
|
|
padding[i] = gui.char_width;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have to provide the padding argument because italic and bold versions
|
|
* of fixed-width fonts are often one pixel or so wider than their normal
|
|
* versions.
|
|
* No check for DRAW_BOLD, Windows will have done it already.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* Check if there are any UTF-8 characters. If not, use normal text
|
|
* output to speed up output. */
|
|
if (enc_utf8)
|
|
for (n = 0; n < len; ++n)
|
|
if (text[n] >= 0x80)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
/* Quick hack to enable DirectWrite. To use DirectWrite (antialias), it is
|
|
* required that unicode drawing routine, currently. So this forces it
|
|
* enabled. */
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
n = 0; /* Keep n < len, to enter block for unicode. */
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the Unicode buffer exists and is big enough. Create it
|
|
* with the same length as the multi-byte string, the number of wide
|
|
* characters is always equal or smaller. */
|
|
if ((enc_utf8
|
|
|| (enc_codepage > 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
|| enc_latin9)
|
|
&& (unicodebuf == NULL || len > unibuflen))
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(unicodebuf);
|
|
unicodebuf = (WCHAR *)lalloc(len * sizeof(WCHAR), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
vim_free(unicodepdy);
|
|
unicodepdy = (int *)lalloc(len * sizeof(int), FALSE);
|
|
|
|
unibuflen = len;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (enc_utf8 && n < len && unicodebuf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Output UTF-8 characters. Composing characters should be
|
|
* handled here. */
|
|
int i;
|
|
int wlen; /* string length in words */
|
|
int clen; /* string length in characters */
|
|
int cells; /* cell width of string up to composing char */
|
|
int cw; /* width of current cell */
|
|
int c;
|
|
|
|
wlen = 0;
|
|
clen = 0;
|
|
cells = 0;
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; )
|
|
{
|
|
c = utf_ptr2char(text + i);
|
|
if (c >= 0x10000)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Turn into UTF-16 encoding. */
|
|
unicodebuf[wlen++] = ((c - 0x10000) >> 10) + 0xD800;
|
|
unicodebuf[wlen++] = ((c - 0x10000) & 0x3ff) + 0xDC00;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
unicodebuf[wlen++] = c;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (utf_iscomposing(c))
|
|
cw = 0;
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
cw = utf_char2cells(c);
|
|
if (cw > 2) /* don't use 4 for unprintable char */
|
|
cw = 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (unicodepdy != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use unicodepdy to make characters fit as we expect, even
|
|
* when the font uses different widths (e.g., bold character
|
|
* is wider). */
|
|
if (c >= 0x10000)
|
|
{
|
|
unicodepdy[wlen - 2] = cw * gui.char_width;
|
|
unicodepdy[wlen - 1] = 0;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
unicodepdy[wlen - 1] = cw * gui.char_width;
|
|
}
|
|
cells += cw;
|
|
i += utf_ptr2len_len(text + i, len - i);
|
|
++clen;
|
|
}
|
|
# if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
{
|
|
/* Add one to "cells" for italics. */
|
|
DWriteContext_DrawText(s_dwc, unicodebuf, wlen,
|
|
TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row), FILL_X(cells + 1), FILL_Y(1),
|
|
gui.char_width, gui.currFgColor,
|
|
foptions, pcliprect, unicodepdy);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
ExtTextOutW(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
|
|
foptions, pcliprect, unicodebuf, wlen, unicodepdy);
|
|
len = cells; /* used for underlining */
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((enc_codepage > 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage) || enc_latin9)
|
|
{
|
|
/* If we want to display codepage data, and the current CP is not the
|
|
* ANSI one, we need to go via Unicode. */
|
|
if (unicodebuf != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
if (enc_latin9)
|
|
latin9_to_ucs(text, len, unicodebuf);
|
|
else
|
|
len = MultiByteToWideChar(enc_codepage,
|
|
MB_PRECOMPOSED,
|
|
(char *)text, len,
|
|
(LPWSTR)unicodebuf, unibuflen);
|
|
if (len != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use unicodepdy to make characters fit as we expect, even
|
|
* when the font uses different widths (e.g., bold character
|
|
* is wider). */
|
|
if (unicodepdy != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int cw;
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < len; ++i)
|
|
{
|
|
cw = utf_char2cells(unicodebuf[i]);
|
|
if (cw > 2)
|
|
cw = 1;
|
|
unicodepdy[i] = cw * gui.char_width;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
ExtTextOutW(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
|
|
foptions, pcliprect, unicodebuf, len, unicodepdy);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_RIGHTLEFT
|
|
/* Windows will mess up RL text, so we have to draw it character by
|
|
* character. Only do this if RL is on, since it's slow. */
|
|
if (curwin->w_p_rl)
|
|
RevOut(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
|
|
foptions, pcliprect, (char *)text, len, padding);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
ExtTextOut(s_hdc, TEXT_X(col), TEXT_Y(row),
|
|
foptions, pcliprect, (char *)text, len, padding);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Underline */
|
|
if (flags & DRAW_UNDERL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* When p_linespace is 0, overwrite the bottom row of pixels.
|
|
* Otherwise put the line just below the character. */
|
|
y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
if (p_linespace > 1)
|
|
y -= p_linespace - 1;
|
|
draw_line(FILL_X(col), y, FILL_X(col + len), y, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Strikethrough */
|
|
if (flags & DRAW_STRIKE)
|
|
{
|
|
y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - gui.char_height/2;
|
|
draw_line(FILL_X(col), y, FILL_X(col + len), y, gui.currSpColor);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Undercurl */
|
|
if (flags & DRAW_UNDERC)
|
|
{
|
|
int x;
|
|
int offset;
|
|
static const int val[8] = {1, 0, 0, 0, 1, 2, 2, 2 };
|
|
|
|
y = FILL_Y(row + 1) - 1;
|
|
for (x = FILL_X(col); x < FILL_X(col + len); ++x)
|
|
{
|
|
offset = val[x % 8];
|
|
set_pixel(x, y - offset, gui.currSpColor);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Output routines.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/* Flush any output to the screen */
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_flush(void)
|
|
{
|
|
# if defined(__BORLANDC__)
|
|
/*
|
|
* The GdiFlush declaration (in Borland C 5.01 <wingdi.h>) is not a
|
|
* prototype declaration.
|
|
* The compiler complains if __stdcall is not used in both declarations.
|
|
*/
|
|
BOOL __stdcall GdiFlush(void);
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
GdiFlush();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
clear_rect(RECT *rcp)
|
|
{
|
|
fill_rect(rcp, NULL, gui.back_pixel);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_get_screen_dimensions(int *screen_w, int *screen_h)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT workarea_rect;
|
|
|
|
get_work_area(&workarea_rect);
|
|
|
|
*screen_w = workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left
|
|
- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
|
|
|
|
/* FIXME: dirty trick: Because the gui_get_base_height() doesn't include
|
|
* the menubar for MSwin, we subtract it from the screen height, so that
|
|
* the window size can be made to fit on the screen. */
|
|
*screen_h = workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top
|
|
- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2
|
|
- GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION)
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MENU
|
|
- gui_mswin_get_menu_height(FALSE)
|
|
#endif
|
|
;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MENU) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a sub menu to the menu bar.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_add_menu(
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu,
|
|
int pos)
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
|
menu->submenu_id = CreatePopupMenu();
|
|
menu->id = s_menu_id++;
|
|
|
|
if (menu_is_menubar(menu->name))
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
WCHAR *wn = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
/* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert menu name
|
|
* and use wide function */
|
|
wn = enc_to_utf16(menu->name, NULL);
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
MENUITEMINFOW infow;
|
|
|
|
infow.cbSize = sizeof(infow);
|
|
infow.fMask = MIIM_DATA | MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID
|
|
| MIIM_SUBMENU;
|
|
infow.dwItemData = (long_u)menu;
|
|
infow.wID = menu->id;
|
|
infow.fType = MFT_STRING;
|
|
infow.dwTypeData = wn;
|
|
infow.cch = (UINT)wcslen(wn);
|
|
infow.hSubMenu = menu->submenu_id;
|
|
InsertMenuItemW((parent == NULL)
|
|
? s_menuBar : parent->submenu_id,
|
|
(UINT)pos, TRUE, &infow);
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (wn == NULL)
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
MENUITEMINFO info;
|
|
|
|
info.cbSize = sizeof(info);
|
|
info.fMask = MIIM_DATA | MIIM_TYPE | MIIM_ID | MIIM_SUBMENU;
|
|
info.dwItemData = (long_u)menu;
|
|
info.wID = menu->id;
|
|
info.fType = MFT_STRING;
|
|
info.dwTypeData = (LPTSTR)menu->name;
|
|
info.cch = (UINT)STRLEN(menu->name);
|
|
info.hSubMenu = menu->submenu_id;
|
|
InsertMenuItem((parent == NULL)
|
|
? s_menuBar : parent->submenu_id,
|
|
(UINT)pos, TRUE, &info);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Fix window size if menu may have wrapped */
|
|
if (parent == NULL)
|
|
gui_mswin_get_menu_height(!gui.starting);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
else if (IsWindow(parent->tearoff_handle))
|
|
rebuild_tearoff(parent);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_show_popupmenu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT mp;
|
|
|
|
(void)GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp);
|
|
gui_mch_show_popupmenu_at(menu, (int)mp.x, (int)mp.y);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_make_popup(char_u *path_name, int mouse_pos)
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu = gui_find_menu(path_name);
|
|
|
|
if (menu != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT p;
|
|
|
|
/* Find the position of the current cursor */
|
|
GetDCOrgEx(s_hdc, &p);
|
|
if (mouse_pos)
|
|
{
|
|
int mx, my;
|
|
|
|
gui_mch_getmouse(&mx, &my);
|
|
p.x += mx;
|
|
p.y += my;
|
|
}
|
|
else if (curwin != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
p.x += TEXT_X(curwin->w_wincol + curwin->w_wcol + 1);
|
|
p.y += TEXT_Y(W_WINROW(curwin) + curwin->w_wrow + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
msg_scroll = FALSE;
|
|
gui_mch_show_popupmenu_at(menu, (int)p.x, (int)p.y);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TEAROFF) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Given a menu descriptor, e.g. "File.New", find it in the menu hierarchy and
|
|
* create it as a pseudo-"tearoff menu".
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_make_tearoff(char_u *path_name)
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu = gui_find_menu(path_name);
|
|
|
|
/* Found the menu, so tear it off. */
|
|
if (menu != NULL)
|
|
gui_mch_tearoff(menu->dname, menu, 0xffffL, 0xffffL);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Add a menu item to a menu
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_add_menu_item(
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu,
|
|
int idx)
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *parent = menu->parent;
|
|
|
|
menu->id = s_menu_id++;
|
|
menu->submenu_id = NULL;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
if (STRNCMP(menu->name, TEAR_STRING, TEAR_LEN) == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
InsertMenu(parent->submenu_id, (UINT)idx, MF_BITMAP|MF_BYPOSITION,
|
|
(UINT)menu->id, (LPCTSTR) s_htearbitmap);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
if (menu_is_toolbar(parent->name))
|
|
{
|
|
TBBUTTON newtb;
|
|
|
|
vim_memset(&newtb, 0, sizeof(newtb));
|
|
if (menu_is_separator(menu->name))
|
|
{
|
|
newtb.iBitmap = 0;
|
|
newtb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_SEP;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
newtb.iBitmap = get_toolbar_bitmap(menu);
|
|
newtb.fsStyle = TBSTYLE_BUTTON;
|
|
}
|
|
newtb.idCommand = menu->id;
|
|
newtb.fsState = TBSTATE_ENABLED;
|
|
newtb.iString = 0;
|
|
SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_INSERTBUTTON, (WPARAM)idx,
|
|
(LPARAM)&newtb);
|
|
menu->submenu_id = (HMENU)-1;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
WCHAR *wn = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
/* 'encoding' differs from active codepage: convert menu item name
|
|
* and use wide function */
|
|
wn = enc_to_utf16(menu->name, NULL);
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
InsertMenuW(parent->submenu_id, (UINT)idx,
|
|
(menu_is_separator(menu->name)
|
|
? MF_SEPARATOR : MF_STRING) | MF_BYPOSITION,
|
|
(UINT)menu->id, wn);
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (wn == NULL)
|
|
#endif
|
|
InsertMenu(parent->submenu_id, (UINT)idx,
|
|
(menu_is_separator(menu->name) ? MF_SEPARATOR : MF_STRING)
|
|
| MF_BYPOSITION,
|
|
(UINT)menu->id, (LPCTSTR)menu->name);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
if (IsWindow(parent->tearoff_handle))
|
|
rebuild_tearoff(parent);
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Destroy the machine specific menu widget.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_destroy_menu(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
/*
|
|
* is this a toolbar button?
|
|
*/
|
|
if (menu->submenu_id == (HMENU)-1)
|
|
{
|
|
int iButton;
|
|
|
|
iButton = (int)SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_COMMANDTOINDEX,
|
|
(WPARAM)menu->id, 0);
|
|
SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_DELETEBUTTON, (WPARAM)iButton, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
if (menu->parent != NULL
|
|
&& menu_is_popup(menu->parent->dname)
|
|
&& menu->parent->submenu_id != NULL)
|
|
RemoveMenu(menu->parent->submenu_id, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND);
|
|
else
|
|
RemoveMenu(s_menuBar, menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND);
|
|
if (menu->submenu_id != NULL)
|
|
DestroyMenu(menu->submenu_id);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
if (IsWindow(menu->tearoff_handle))
|
|
DestroyWindow(menu->tearoff_handle);
|
|
if (menu->parent != NULL
|
|
&& menu->parent->children != NULL
|
|
&& IsWindow(menu->parent->tearoff_handle))
|
|
{
|
|
/* This menu must not show up when rebuilding the tearoff window. */
|
|
menu->modes = 0;
|
|
rebuild_tearoff(menu->parent);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
static void
|
|
rebuild_tearoff(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
{
|
|
/*hackish*/
|
|
char_u tbuf[128];
|
|
RECT trect;
|
|
RECT rct;
|
|
RECT roct;
|
|
int x, y;
|
|
|
|
HWND thwnd = menu->tearoff_handle;
|
|
|
|
GetWindowText(thwnd, (LPSTR)tbuf, 127);
|
|
if (GetWindowRect(thwnd, &trect)
|
|
&& GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rct)
|
|
&& GetClientRect(s_hwnd, &roct))
|
|
{
|
|
x = trect.left - rct.left;
|
|
y = (trect.top - rct.bottom + roct.bottom);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
x = y = 0xffffL;
|
|
}
|
|
DestroyWindow(thwnd);
|
|
if (menu->children != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_mch_tearoff(tbuf, menu, x, y);
|
|
if (IsWindow(menu->tearoff_handle))
|
|
(void) SetWindowPos(menu->tearoff_handle,
|
|
NULL,
|
|
(int)trect.left,
|
|
(int)trect.top,
|
|
0, 0,
|
|
SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_TEAROFF */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make a menu either grey or not grey.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_menu_grey(
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu,
|
|
int grey)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TOOLBAR
|
|
/*
|
|
* is this a toolbar button?
|
|
*/
|
|
if (menu->submenu_id == (HMENU)-1)
|
|
{
|
|
SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_ENABLEBUTTON,
|
|
(WPARAM)menu->id, (LPARAM) MAKELONG((grey ? FALSE : TRUE), 0) );
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
(void)EnableMenuItem(menu->parent ? menu->parent->submenu_id : s_menuBar,
|
|
menu->id, MF_BYCOMMAND | (grey ? MF_GRAYED : MF_ENABLED));
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
if ((menu->parent != NULL) && (IsWindow(menu->parent->tearoff_handle)))
|
|
{
|
|
WORD menuID;
|
|
HWND menuHandle;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* A tearoff button has changed state.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (menu->children == NULL)
|
|
menuID = (WORD)(menu->id);
|
|
else
|
|
menuID = (WORD)((long_u)(menu->submenu_id) | (DWORD)0x8000);
|
|
menuHandle = GetDlgItem(menu->parent->tearoff_handle, menuID);
|
|
if (menuHandle)
|
|
EnableWindow(menuHandle, !grey);
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_MENU */
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* define some macros used to make the dialogue creation more readable */
|
|
|
|
#define add_string(s) strcpy((LPSTR)p, s); (LPSTR)p += (strlen((LPSTR)p) + 1)
|
|
#define add_word(x) *p++ = (x)
|
|
#define add_long(x) dwp = (DWORD *)p; *dwp++ = (x); p = (WORD *)dwp
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_DIALOG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* stuff for dialogs
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The callback routine used by all the dialogs. Very simple. First,
|
|
* acknowledges the INITDIALOG message so that Windows knows to do standard
|
|
* dialog stuff (Return = default, Esc = cancel....) Second, if a button is
|
|
* pressed, return that button's ID - IDCANCEL (2), which is the button's
|
|
* number.
|
|
*/
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
dialog_callback(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
if (message == WM_INITDIALOG)
|
|
{
|
|
CenterWindow(hwnd, GetWindow(hwnd, GW_OWNER));
|
|
/* Set focus to the dialog. Set the default button, if specified. */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(hwnd);
|
|
if (dialog_default_button > IDCANCEL)
|
|
(void)SetFocus(GetDlgItem(hwnd, dialog_default_button));
|
|
else
|
|
/* We don't have a default, set focus on another element of the
|
|
* dialog window, probably the icon */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(GetDlgItem(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL));
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (message == WM_COMMAND)
|
|
{
|
|
int button = LOWORD(wParam);
|
|
|
|
/* Don't end the dialog if something was selected that was
|
|
* not a button.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (button >= DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL)
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
|
|
/* If the edit box exists, copy the string. */
|
|
if (s_textfield != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
/* If the OS is Windows NT, and 'encoding' differs from active
|
|
* codepage: use wide function and convert text. */
|
|
if (enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
WCHAR *wp = (WCHAR *)alloc(IOSIZE * sizeof(WCHAR));
|
|
char_u *p;
|
|
|
|
GetDlgItemTextW(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2, wp, IOSIZE);
|
|
p = utf16_to_enc(wp, NULL);
|
|
vim_strncpy(s_textfield, p, IOSIZE);
|
|
vim_free(p);
|
|
vim_free(wp);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
# endif
|
|
GetDlgItemText(hwnd, DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2,
|
|
(LPSTR)s_textfield, IOSIZE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Need to check for IDOK because if the user just hits Return to
|
|
* accept the default value, some reason this is what we get.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (button == IDOK)
|
|
{
|
|
if (dialog_default_button > IDCANCEL)
|
|
EndDialog(hwnd, dialog_default_button);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
EndDialog(hwnd, button - IDCANCEL);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if ((message == WM_SYSCOMMAND) && (wParam == SC_CLOSE))
|
|
{
|
|
EndDialog(hwnd, 0);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a dialog dynamically from the parameter strings.
|
|
* type = type of dialog (question, alert, etc.)
|
|
* title = dialog title. may be NULL for default title.
|
|
* message = text to display. Dialog sizes to accommodate it.
|
|
* buttons = '\n' separated list of button captions, default first.
|
|
* dfltbutton = number of default button.
|
|
*
|
|
* This routine returns 1 if the first button is pressed,
|
|
* 2 for the second, etc.
|
|
*
|
|
* 0 indicates Esc was pressed.
|
|
* -1 for unexpected error
|
|
*
|
|
* If stubbing out this fn, return 1.
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
static const char *dlg_icons[] = /* must match names in resource file */
|
|
{
|
|
"IDR_VIM",
|
|
"IDR_VIM_ERROR",
|
|
"IDR_VIM_ALERT",
|
|
"IDR_VIM_INFO",
|
|
"IDR_VIM_QUESTION"
|
|
};
|
|
|
|
int
|
|
gui_mch_dialog(
|
|
int type,
|
|
char_u *title,
|
|
char_u *message,
|
|
char_u *buttons,
|
|
int dfltbutton,
|
|
char_u *textfield,
|
|
int ex_cmd)
|
|
{
|
|
WORD *p, *pdlgtemplate, *pnumitems;
|
|
DWORD *dwp;
|
|
int numButtons;
|
|
int *buttonWidths, *buttonPositions;
|
|
int buttonYpos;
|
|
int nchar, i;
|
|
DWORD lStyle;
|
|
int dlgwidth = 0;
|
|
int dlgheight;
|
|
int editboxheight;
|
|
int horizWidth = 0;
|
|
int msgheight;
|
|
char_u *pstart;
|
|
char_u *pend;
|
|
char_u *last_white;
|
|
char_u *tbuffer;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
HWND hwnd;
|
|
HDC hdc;
|
|
HFONT font, oldFont;
|
|
TEXTMETRIC fontInfo;
|
|
int fontHeight;
|
|
int textWidth, minButtonWidth, messageWidth;
|
|
int maxDialogWidth;
|
|
int maxDialogHeight;
|
|
int scroll_flag = 0;
|
|
int vertical;
|
|
int dlgPaddingX;
|
|
int dlgPaddingY;
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
LOGFONT lfSysmenu;
|
|
int use_lfSysmenu = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
garray_T ga;
|
|
int l;
|
|
|
|
#ifndef NO_CONSOLE
|
|
/* Don't output anything in silent mode ("ex -s") */
|
|
if (silent_mode)
|
|
return dfltbutton; /* return default option */
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
if (s_hwnd == NULL)
|
|
get_dialog_font_metrics();
|
|
|
|
if ((type < 0) || (type > VIM_LAST_TYPE))
|
|
type = 0;
|
|
|
|
/* allocate some memory for dialog template */
|
|
/* TODO should compute this really */
|
|
pdlgtemplate = p = (PWORD)LocalAlloc(LPTR,
|
|
DLG_ALLOC_SIZE + STRLEN(message) * 2);
|
|
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* make a copy of 'buttons' to fiddle with it. compiler grizzles because
|
|
* vim_strsave() doesn't take a const arg (why not?), so cast away the
|
|
* const.
|
|
*/
|
|
tbuffer = vim_strsave(buttons);
|
|
if (tbuffer == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
--dfltbutton; /* Change from one-based to zero-based */
|
|
|
|
/* Count buttons */
|
|
numButtons = 1;
|
|
for (i = 0; tbuffer[i] != '\0'; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
if (tbuffer[i] == DLG_BUTTON_SEP)
|
|
numButtons++;
|
|
}
|
|
if (dfltbutton >= numButtons)
|
|
dfltbutton = -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate array to hold the width of each button */
|
|
buttonWidths = (int *)lalloc(numButtons * sizeof(int), TRUE);
|
|
if (buttonWidths == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate array to hold the X position of each button */
|
|
buttonPositions = (int *)lalloc(numButtons * sizeof(int), TRUE);
|
|
if (buttonPositions == NULL)
|
|
return -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Calculate how big the dialog must be.
|
|
*/
|
|
hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
|
|
hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
font = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
|
|
use_lfSysmenu = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
font = CreateFont(-DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
VARIABLE_PITCH , DLG_FONT_NAME);
|
|
if (s_usenewlook)
|
|
{
|
|
oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, font);
|
|
dlgPaddingX = DLG_PADDING_X;
|
|
dlgPaddingY = DLG_PADDING_Y;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT));
|
|
dlgPaddingX = DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_X;
|
|
dlgPaddingY = DLG_OLD_STYLE_PADDING_Y;
|
|
}
|
|
GetTextMetrics(hdc, &fontInfo);
|
|
fontHeight = fontInfo.tmHeight;
|
|
|
|
/* Minimum width for horizontal button */
|
|
minButtonWidth = GetTextWidth(hdc, (char_u *)"Cancel", 6);
|
|
|
|
/* Maximum width of a dialog, if possible */
|
|
if (s_hwnd == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT workarea_rect;
|
|
|
|
/* We don't have a window, use the desktop area. */
|
|
get_work_area(&workarea_rect);
|
|
maxDialogWidth = workarea_rect.right - workarea_rect.left - 100;
|
|
if (maxDialogWidth > 600)
|
|
maxDialogWidth = 600;
|
|
/* Leave some room for the taskbar. */
|
|
maxDialogHeight = workarea_rect.bottom - workarea_rect.top - 150;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use our own window for the size, unless it's very small. */
|
|
GetWindowRect(s_hwnd, &rect);
|
|
maxDialogWidth = rect.right - rect.left
|
|
- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 2;
|
|
if (maxDialogWidth < DLG_MIN_MAX_WIDTH)
|
|
maxDialogWidth = DLG_MIN_MAX_WIDTH;
|
|
|
|
maxDialogHeight = rect.bottom - rect.top
|
|
- (GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYFRAME) +
|
|
GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXPADDEDBORDER)) * 4
|
|
- GetSystemMetrics(SM_CYCAPTION);
|
|
if (maxDialogHeight < DLG_MIN_MAX_HEIGHT)
|
|
maxDialogHeight = DLG_MIN_MAX_HEIGHT;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Set dlgwidth to width of message.
|
|
* Copy the message into "ga", changing NL to CR-NL and inserting line
|
|
* breaks where needed. */
|
|
pstart = message;
|
|
messageWidth = 0;
|
|
msgheight = 0;
|
|
ga_init2(&ga, sizeof(char), 500);
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
msgheight += fontHeight; /* at least one line */
|
|
|
|
/* Need to figure out where to break the string. The system does it
|
|
* at a word boundary, which would mean we can't compute the number of
|
|
* wrapped lines. */
|
|
textWidth = 0;
|
|
last_white = NULL;
|
|
for (pend = pstart; *pend != NUL && *pend != '\n'; )
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
l = (*mb_ptr2len)(pend);
|
|
#else
|
|
l = 1;
|
|
#endif
|
|
if (l == 1 && VIM_ISWHITE(*pend)
|
|
&& textWidth > maxDialogWidth * 3 / 4)
|
|
last_white = pend;
|
|
textWidth += GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, pend, l);
|
|
if (textWidth >= maxDialogWidth)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Line will wrap. */
|
|
messageWidth = maxDialogWidth;
|
|
msgheight += fontHeight;
|
|
textWidth = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (last_white != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
/* break the line just after a space */
|
|
ga.ga_len -= (int)(pend - (last_white + 1));
|
|
pend = last_white + 1;
|
|
last_white = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
ga_append(&ga, '\r');
|
|
ga_append(&ga, '\n');
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
while (--l >= 0)
|
|
ga_append(&ga, *pend++);
|
|
}
|
|
if (textWidth > messageWidth)
|
|
messageWidth = textWidth;
|
|
|
|
ga_append(&ga, '\r');
|
|
ga_append(&ga, '\n');
|
|
pstart = pend + 1;
|
|
} while (*pend != NUL);
|
|
|
|
if (ga.ga_data != NULL)
|
|
message = ga.ga_data;
|
|
|
|
messageWidth += 10; /* roundoff space */
|
|
|
|
/* Add width of icon to dlgwidth, and some space */
|
|
dlgwidth = messageWidth + DLG_ICON_WIDTH + 3 * dlgPaddingX
|
|
+ GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXVSCROLL);
|
|
|
|
if (msgheight < DLG_ICON_HEIGHT)
|
|
msgheight = DLG_ICON_HEIGHT;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check button names. A long one will make the dialog wider.
|
|
* When called early (-register error message) p_go isn't initialized.
|
|
*/
|
|
vertical = (p_go != NULL && vim_strchr(p_go, GO_VERTICAL) != NULL);
|
|
if (!vertical)
|
|
{
|
|
// Place buttons horizontally if they fit.
|
|
horizWidth = dlgPaddingX;
|
|
pstart = tbuffer;
|
|
i = 0;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pend = vim_strchr(pstart, DLG_BUTTON_SEP);
|
|
if (pend == NULL)
|
|
pend = pstart + STRLEN(pstart); // Last button name.
|
|
textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, pstart, (int)(pend - pstart));
|
|
if (textWidth < minButtonWidth)
|
|
textWidth = minButtonWidth;
|
|
textWidth += dlgPaddingX; /* Padding within button */
|
|
buttonWidths[i] = textWidth;
|
|
buttonPositions[i++] = horizWidth;
|
|
horizWidth += textWidth + dlgPaddingX; /* Pad between buttons */
|
|
pstart = pend + 1;
|
|
} while (*pend != NUL);
|
|
|
|
if (horizWidth > maxDialogWidth)
|
|
vertical = TRUE; // Too wide to fit on the screen.
|
|
else if (horizWidth > dlgwidth)
|
|
dlgwidth = horizWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (vertical)
|
|
{
|
|
// Stack buttons vertically.
|
|
pstart = tbuffer;
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
pend = vim_strchr(pstart, DLG_BUTTON_SEP);
|
|
if (pend == NULL)
|
|
pend = pstart + STRLEN(pstart); // Last button name.
|
|
textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, pstart, (int)(pend - pstart));
|
|
textWidth += dlgPaddingX; /* Padding within button */
|
|
textWidth += DLG_VERT_PADDING_X * 2; /* Padding around button */
|
|
if (textWidth > dlgwidth)
|
|
dlgwidth = textWidth;
|
|
pstart = pend + 1;
|
|
} while (*pend != NUL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (dlgwidth < DLG_MIN_WIDTH)
|
|
dlgwidth = DLG_MIN_WIDTH; /* Don't allow a really thin dialog!*/
|
|
|
|
/* start to fill in the dlgtemplate information. addressing by WORDs */
|
|
if (s_usenewlook)
|
|
lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION |DS_3DLOOK| WS_VISIBLE |DS_SETFONT;
|
|
else
|
|
lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION |DS_3DLOOK| WS_VISIBLE;
|
|
|
|
add_long(lStyle);
|
|
add_long(0); // (lExtendedStyle)
|
|
pnumitems = p; /*save where the number of items must be stored*/
|
|
add_word(0); // NumberOfItems(will change later)
|
|
add_word(10); // x
|
|
add_word(10); // y
|
|
add_word(PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth)); // cx
|
|
|
|
// Dialog height.
|
|
if (vertical)
|
|
dlgheight = msgheight + 2 * dlgPaddingY
|
|
+ DLG_VERT_PADDING_Y + 2 * fontHeight * numButtons;
|
|
else
|
|
dlgheight = msgheight + 3 * dlgPaddingY + 2 * fontHeight;
|
|
|
|
// Dialog needs to be taller if contains an edit box.
|
|
editboxheight = fontHeight + dlgPaddingY + 4 * DLG_VERT_PADDING_Y;
|
|
if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
dlgheight += editboxheight;
|
|
|
|
/* Restrict the size to a maximum. Causes a scrollbar to show up. */
|
|
if (dlgheight > maxDialogHeight)
|
|
{
|
|
msgheight = msgheight - (dlgheight - maxDialogHeight);
|
|
dlgheight = maxDialogHeight;
|
|
scroll_flag = WS_VSCROLL;
|
|
/* Make sure scrollbar doesn't appear in the middle of the dialog */
|
|
messageWidth = dlgwidth - DLG_ICON_WIDTH - 3 * dlgPaddingX;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
add_word(PixelToDialogY(dlgheight));
|
|
|
|
add_word(0); // Menu
|
|
add_word(0); // Class
|
|
|
|
/* copy the title of the dialog */
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, (title ? (LPSTR)title
|
|
: (LPSTR)("Vim "VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)), TRUE);
|
|
p += nchar;
|
|
|
|
if (s_usenewlook)
|
|
{
|
|
/* do the font, since DS_3DLOOK doesn't work properly */
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
if (use_lfSysmenu)
|
|
{
|
|
/* point size */
|
|
*p++ = -MulDiv(lfSysmenu.lfHeight, 72,
|
|
GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, lfSysmenu.lfFaceName, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
*p++ = DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE; // point size
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, DLG_FONT_NAME, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
p += nchar;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
buttonYpos = msgheight + 2 * dlgPaddingY;
|
|
|
|
if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
buttonYpos += editboxheight;
|
|
|
|
pstart = tbuffer;
|
|
if (!vertical)
|
|
horizWidth = (dlgwidth - horizWidth) / 2; /* Now it's X offset */
|
|
for (i = 0; i < numButtons; i++)
|
|
{
|
|
/* get end of this button. */
|
|
for ( pend = pstart;
|
|
*pend && (*pend != DLG_BUTTON_SEP);
|
|
pend++)
|
|
;
|
|
|
|
if (*pend)
|
|
*pend = '\0';
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* old NOTE:
|
|
* setting the BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON style doesn't work because Windows sets
|
|
* the focus to the first tab-able button and in so doing makes that
|
|
* the default!! Grrr. Workaround: Make the default button the only
|
|
* one with WS_TABSTOP style. Means user can't tab between buttons, but
|
|
* he/she can use arrow keys.
|
|
*
|
|
* new NOTE: BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON is required to be able to select the
|
|
* right button when hitting <Enter>. E.g., for the ":confirm quit"
|
|
* dialog. Also needed for when the textfield is the default control.
|
|
* It appears to work now (perhaps not on Win95?).
|
|
*/
|
|
if (vertical)
|
|
{
|
|
p = add_dialog_element(p,
|
|
(i == dfltbutton
|
|
? BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON : BS_PUSHBUTTON) | WS_TABSTOP,
|
|
PixelToDialogX(DLG_VERT_PADDING_X),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(buttonYpos /* TBK */
|
|
+ 2 * fontHeight * i),
|
|
PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth - 2 * DLG_VERT_PADDING_X),
|
|
(WORD)(PixelToDialogY(2 * fontHeight) - 1),
|
|
(WORD)(IDCANCEL + 1 + i), (WORD)0x0080, (char *)pstart);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
p = add_dialog_element(p,
|
|
(i == dfltbutton
|
|
? BS_DEFPUSHBUTTON : BS_PUSHBUTTON) | WS_TABSTOP,
|
|
PixelToDialogX(horizWidth + buttonPositions[i]),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(buttonYpos), /* TBK */
|
|
PixelToDialogX(buttonWidths[i]),
|
|
(WORD)(PixelToDialogY(2 * fontHeight) - 1),
|
|
(WORD)(IDCANCEL + 1 + i), (WORD)0x0080, (char *)pstart);
|
|
}
|
|
pstart = pend + 1; /*next button*/
|
|
}
|
|
*pnumitems += numButtons;
|
|
|
|
/* Vim icon */
|
|
p = add_dialog_element(p, SS_ICON,
|
|
PixelToDialogX(dlgPaddingX),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(dlgPaddingY),
|
|
PixelToDialogX(DLG_ICON_WIDTH),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(DLG_ICON_HEIGHT),
|
|
DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 0, (WORD)0x0082,
|
|
dlg_icons[type]);
|
|
|
|
/* Dialog message */
|
|
p = add_dialog_element(p, ES_LEFT|scroll_flag|ES_MULTILINE|ES_READONLY,
|
|
PixelToDialogX(2 * dlgPaddingX + DLG_ICON_WIDTH),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(dlgPaddingY),
|
|
(WORD)(PixelToDialogX(messageWidth) + 1),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(msgheight),
|
|
DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 1, (WORD)0x0081, (char *)message);
|
|
|
|
/* Edit box */
|
|
if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
p = add_dialog_element(p, ES_LEFT|ES_AUTOHSCROLL|WS_TABSTOP|WS_BORDER,
|
|
PixelToDialogX(2 * dlgPaddingX),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(2 * dlgPaddingY + msgheight),
|
|
PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth - 4 * dlgPaddingX),
|
|
PixelToDialogY(fontHeight + dlgPaddingY),
|
|
DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2, (WORD)0x0081, (char *)textfield);
|
|
*pnumitems += 1;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*pnumitems += 2;
|
|
|
|
SelectFont(hdc, oldFont);
|
|
DeleteObject(font);
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
|
|
|
|
/* Let the dialog_callback() function know which button to make default
|
|
* If we have an edit box, make that the default. We also need to tell
|
|
* dialog_callback() if this dialog contains an edit box or not. We do
|
|
* this by setting s_textfield if it does.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (textfield != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
dialog_default_button = DLG_NONBUTTON_CONTROL + 2;
|
|
s_textfield = textfield;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
dialog_default_button = IDCANCEL + 1 + dfltbutton;
|
|
s_textfield = NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* show the dialog box modally and get a return value */
|
|
nchar = (int)DialogBoxIndirect(
|
|
s_hinst,
|
|
(LPDLGTEMPLATE)pdlgtemplate,
|
|
s_hwnd,
|
|
(DLGPROC)dialog_callback);
|
|
|
|
LocalFree(LocalHandle(pdlgtemplate));
|
|
vim_free(tbuffer);
|
|
vim_free(buttonWidths);
|
|
vim_free(buttonPositions);
|
|
vim_free(ga.ga_data);
|
|
|
|
/* Focus back to our window (for when MDI is used). */
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
return nchar;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_GUI_DIALOG */
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Put a simple element (basic class) onto a dialog template in memory.
|
|
* return a pointer to where the next item should be added.
|
|
*
|
|
* parameters:
|
|
* lStyle = additional style flags
|
|
* (be careful, NT3.51 & Win32s will ignore the new ones)
|
|
* x,y = x & y positions IN DIALOG UNITS
|
|
* w,h = width and height IN DIALOG UNITS
|
|
* Id = ID used in messages
|
|
* clss = class ID, e.g 0x0080 for a button, 0x0082 for a static
|
|
* caption = usually text or resource name
|
|
*
|
|
* TODO: use the length information noted here to enable the dialog creation
|
|
* routines to work out more exactly how much memory they need to alloc.
|
|
*/
|
|
static PWORD
|
|
add_dialog_element(
|
|
PWORD p,
|
|
DWORD lStyle,
|
|
WORD x,
|
|
WORD y,
|
|
WORD w,
|
|
WORD h,
|
|
WORD Id,
|
|
WORD clss,
|
|
const char *caption)
|
|
{
|
|
int nchar;
|
|
|
|
p = lpwAlign(p); /* Align to dword boundary*/
|
|
lStyle = lStyle | WS_VISIBLE | WS_CHILD;
|
|
*p++ = LOWORD(lStyle);
|
|
*p++ = HIWORD(lStyle);
|
|
*p++ = 0; // LOWORD (lExtendedStyle)
|
|
*p++ = 0; // HIWORD (lExtendedStyle)
|
|
*p++ = x;
|
|
*p++ = y;
|
|
*p++ = w;
|
|
*p++ = h;
|
|
*p++ = Id; //9 or 10 words in all
|
|
|
|
*p++ = (WORD)0xffff;
|
|
*p++ = clss; //2 more here
|
|
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, (LPSTR)caption, TRUE); //strlen(caption)+1
|
|
p += nchar;
|
|
|
|
*p++ = 0; // advance pointer over nExtraStuff WORD - 2 more
|
|
|
|
return p; //total = 15+ (strlen(caption)) words
|
|
// = 30 + 2(strlen(caption) bytes reqd
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Helper routine. Take an input pointer, return closest pointer that is
|
|
* aligned on a DWORD (4 byte) boundary. Taken from the Win32SDK samples.
|
|
*/
|
|
static LPWORD
|
|
lpwAlign(
|
|
LPWORD lpIn)
|
|
{
|
|
long_u ul;
|
|
|
|
ul = (long_u)lpIn;
|
|
ul += 3;
|
|
ul >>= 2;
|
|
ul <<= 2;
|
|
return (LPWORD)ul;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Helper routine. Takes second parameter as Ansi string, copies it to first
|
|
* parameter as wide character (16-bits / char) string, and returns integer
|
|
* number of wide characters (words) in string (including the trailing wide
|
|
* char NULL). Partly taken from the Win32SDK samples.
|
|
* If "use_enc" is TRUE, 'encoding' is used for "lpAnsiIn". If FALSE, current
|
|
* ACP is used for "lpAnsiIn". */
|
|
static int
|
|
nCopyAnsiToWideChar(
|
|
LPWORD lpWCStr,
|
|
LPSTR lpAnsiIn,
|
|
BOOL use_enc)
|
|
{
|
|
int nChar = 0;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MBYTE
|
|
int len = lstrlen(lpAnsiIn) + 1; /* include NUL character */
|
|
int i;
|
|
WCHAR *wn;
|
|
|
|
if (use_enc && enc_codepage >= 0 && (int)GetACP() != enc_codepage)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Not a codepage, use our own conversion function. */
|
|
wn = enc_to_utf16((char_u *)lpAnsiIn, NULL);
|
|
if (wn != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
wcscpy(lpWCStr, wn);
|
|
nChar = (int)wcslen(wn) + 1;
|
|
vim_free(wn);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (nChar == 0)
|
|
/* Use Win32 conversion function. */
|
|
nChar = MultiByteToWideChar(
|
|
enc_codepage > 0 ? enc_codepage : CP_ACP,
|
|
MB_PRECOMPOSED,
|
|
lpAnsiIn, len,
|
|
lpWCStr, len);
|
|
for (i = 0; i < nChar; ++i)
|
|
if (lpWCStr[i] == (WORD)'\t') /* replace tabs with spaces */
|
|
lpWCStr[i] = (WORD)' ';
|
|
#else
|
|
do
|
|
{
|
|
if (*lpAnsiIn == '\t')
|
|
*lpWCStr++ = (WORD)' ';
|
|
else
|
|
*lpWCStr++ = (WORD)*lpAnsiIn;
|
|
nChar++;
|
|
} while (*lpAnsiIn++);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
return nChar;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_TEAROFF
|
|
/*
|
|
* Lookup menu handle from "menu_id".
|
|
*/
|
|
static HMENU
|
|
tearoff_lookup_menuhandle(
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu,
|
|
WORD menu_id)
|
|
{
|
|
for ( ; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (menu->modes == 0) /* this menu has just been deleted */
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (menu_is_separator(menu->dname))
|
|
continue;
|
|
if ((WORD)((long_u)(menu->submenu_id) | (DWORD)0x8000) == menu_id)
|
|
return menu->submenu_id;
|
|
}
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* The callback function for all the modeless dialogs that make up the
|
|
* "tearoff menus" Very simple - forward button presses (to fool Vim into
|
|
* thinking its menus have been clicked), and go away when closed.
|
|
*/
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
tearoff_callback(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT message,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
if (message == WM_INITDIALOG)
|
|
{
|
|
SetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER, (LONG_PTR)lParam);
|
|
return (TRUE);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* May show the mouse pointer again. */
|
|
HandleMouseHide(message, lParam);
|
|
|
|
if (message == WM_COMMAND)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((WORD)(LOWORD(wParam)) & 0x8000)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT mp;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
if (GetCursorPos(&mp) && GetWindowRect(hwnd, &rect))
|
|
{
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu;
|
|
|
|
menu = (vimmenu_T*)GetWindowLongPtr(hwnd, DWLP_USER);
|
|
(void)TrackPopupMenu(
|
|
tearoff_lookup_menuhandle(menu, LOWORD(wParam)),
|
|
TPM_LEFTALIGN | TPM_LEFTBUTTON,
|
|
(int)rect.right - 8,
|
|
(int)mp.y,
|
|
(int)0, /*reserved param*/
|
|
s_hwnd,
|
|
NULL);
|
|
/*
|
|
* NOTE: The pop-up menu can eat the mouse up event.
|
|
* We deal with this in normal.c.
|
|
*/
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
/* Pass on messages to the main Vim window */
|
|
PostMessage(s_hwnd, WM_COMMAND, LOWORD(wParam), 0);
|
|
/*
|
|
* Give main window the focus back: this is so after
|
|
* choosing a tearoff button you can start typing again
|
|
* straight away.
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)SetFocus(s_hwnd);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
if ((message == WM_SYSCOMMAND) && (wParam == SC_CLOSE))
|
|
{
|
|
DestroyWindow(hwnd);
|
|
return TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* When moved around, give main window the focus back. */
|
|
if (message == WM_EXITSIZEMOVE)
|
|
(void)SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
return FALSE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Decide whether to use the "new look" (small, non-bold font) or the "old
|
|
* look" (big, clanky font) for dialogs, and work out a few values for use
|
|
* later accordingly.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
get_dialog_font_metrics(void)
|
|
{
|
|
HDC hdc;
|
|
HFONT hfontTools = 0;
|
|
DWORD dlgFontSize;
|
|
SIZE size;
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
LOGFONT lfSysmenu;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
s_usenewlook = FALSE;
|
|
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) == OK)
|
|
hfontTools = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
hfontTools = CreateFont(-DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
0, 0, 0, 0, VARIABLE_PITCH , DLG_FONT_NAME);
|
|
|
|
if (hfontTools)
|
|
{
|
|
hdc = GetDC(s_hwnd);
|
|
SelectObject(hdc, hfontTools);
|
|
/*
|
|
* GetTextMetrics() doesn't return the right value in
|
|
* tmAveCharWidth, so we have to figure out the dialog base units
|
|
* ourselves.
|
|
*/
|
|
GetTextExtentPoint(hdc,
|
|
"ABCDEFGHIJKLMNOPQRSTUVWXYZabcdefghijklmnopqrstuvwxyz",
|
|
52, &size);
|
|
ReleaseDC(s_hwnd, hdc);
|
|
|
|
s_dlgfntwidth = (WORD)((size.cx / 26 + 1) / 2);
|
|
s_dlgfntheight = (WORD)size.cy;
|
|
s_usenewlook = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
if (!s_usenewlook)
|
|
{
|
|
dlgFontSize = GetDialogBaseUnits(); /* fall back to big old system*/
|
|
s_dlgfntwidth = LOWORD(dlgFontSize);
|
|
s_dlgfntheight = HIWORD(dlgFontSize);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MENU) && defined(FEAT_TEAROFF)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a pseudo-"tearoff menu" based on the child
|
|
* items of a given menu pointer.
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
gui_mch_tearoff(
|
|
char_u *title,
|
|
vimmenu_T *menu,
|
|
int initX,
|
|
int initY)
|
|
{
|
|
WORD *p, *pdlgtemplate, *pnumitems, *ptrueheight;
|
|
int template_len;
|
|
int nchar, textWidth, submenuWidth;
|
|
DWORD lStyle;
|
|
DWORD lExtendedStyle;
|
|
WORD dlgwidth;
|
|
WORD menuID;
|
|
vimmenu_T *pmenu;
|
|
vimmenu_T *top_menu;
|
|
vimmenu_T *the_menu = menu;
|
|
HWND hwnd;
|
|
HDC hdc;
|
|
HFONT font, oldFont;
|
|
int col, spaceWidth, len;
|
|
int columnWidths[2];
|
|
char_u *label, *text;
|
|
int acLen = 0;
|
|
int nameLen;
|
|
int padding0, padding1, padding2 = 0;
|
|
int sepPadding=0;
|
|
int x;
|
|
int y;
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
LOGFONT lfSysmenu;
|
|
int use_lfSysmenu = FALSE;
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If this menu is already torn off, move it to the mouse position.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (IsWindow(menu->tearoff_handle))
|
|
{
|
|
POINT mp;
|
|
if (GetCursorPos((LPPOINT)&mp))
|
|
{
|
|
SetWindowPos(menu->tearoff_handle, NULL, mp.x, mp.y, 0, 0,
|
|
SWP_NOACTIVATE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOZORDER);
|
|
}
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create a new tearoff.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (*title == MNU_HIDDEN_CHAR)
|
|
title++;
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate memory to store the dialog template. It's made bigger when
|
|
* needed. */
|
|
template_len = DLG_ALLOC_SIZE;
|
|
pdlgtemplate = p = (WORD *)LocalAlloc(LPTR, template_len);
|
|
if (p == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
hwnd = GetDesktopWindow();
|
|
hdc = GetWindowDC(hwnd);
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
if (gui_w32_get_menu_font(&lfSysmenu) == OK)
|
|
{
|
|
font = CreateFontIndirect(&lfSysmenu);
|
|
use_lfSysmenu = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
font = CreateFont(-DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
VARIABLE_PITCH , DLG_FONT_NAME);
|
|
if (s_usenewlook)
|
|
oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, font);
|
|
else
|
|
oldFont = SelectFont(hdc, GetStockObject(SYSTEM_FONT));
|
|
|
|
/* Calculate width of a single space. Used for padding columns to the
|
|
* right width. */
|
|
spaceWidth = GetTextWidth(hdc, (char_u *)" ", 1);
|
|
|
|
/* Figure out max width of the text column, the accelerator column and the
|
|
* optional submenu column. */
|
|
submenuWidth = 0;
|
|
for (col = 0; col < 2; col++)
|
|
{
|
|
columnWidths[col] = 0;
|
|
for (pmenu = menu->children; pmenu != NULL; pmenu = pmenu->next)
|
|
{
|
|
/* Use "dname" here to compute the width of the visible text. */
|
|
text = (col == 0) ? pmenu->dname : pmenu->actext;
|
|
if (text != NULL && *text != NUL)
|
|
{
|
|
textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, text, (int)STRLEN(text));
|
|
if (textWidth > columnWidths[col])
|
|
columnWidths[col] = textWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
if (pmenu->children != NULL)
|
|
submenuWidth = TEAROFF_COLUMN_PADDING * spaceWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (columnWidths[1] == 0)
|
|
{
|
|
/* no accelerators */
|
|
if (submenuWidth != 0)
|
|
columnWidths[0] += submenuWidth;
|
|
else
|
|
columnWidths[0] += spaceWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* there is an accelerator column */
|
|
columnWidths[0] += TEAROFF_COLUMN_PADDING * spaceWidth;
|
|
columnWidths[1] += submenuWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Now find the total width of our 'menu'.
|
|
*/
|
|
textWidth = columnWidths[0] + columnWidths[1];
|
|
if (submenuWidth != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
submenuWidth = GetTextWidth(hdc, (char_u *)TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL,
|
|
(int)STRLEN(TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL));
|
|
textWidth += submenuWidth;
|
|
}
|
|
dlgwidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, title, (int)STRLEN(title));
|
|
if (textWidth > dlgwidth)
|
|
dlgwidth = textWidth;
|
|
dlgwidth += 2 * TEAROFF_PADDING_X + TEAROFF_BUTTON_PAD_X;
|
|
|
|
/* start to fill in the dlgtemplate information. addressing by WORDs */
|
|
if (s_usenewlook)
|
|
lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION| WS_SYSMENU |DS_SETFONT| WS_VISIBLE;
|
|
else
|
|
lStyle = DS_MODALFRAME | WS_CAPTION| WS_SYSMENU | WS_VISIBLE;
|
|
|
|
lExtendedStyle = WS_EX_TOOLWINDOW|WS_EX_STATICEDGE;
|
|
*p++ = LOWORD(lStyle);
|
|
*p++ = HIWORD(lStyle);
|
|
*p++ = LOWORD(lExtendedStyle);
|
|
*p++ = HIWORD(lExtendedStyle);
|
|
pnumitems = p; /* save where the number of items must be stored */
|
|
*p++ = 0; // NumberOfItems(will change later)
|
|
gui_mch_getmouse(&x, &y);
|
|
if (initX == 0xffffL)
|
|
*p++ = PixelToDialogX(x); // x
|
|
else
|
|
*p++ = PixelToDialogX(initX); // x
|
|
if (initY == 0xffffL)
|
|
*p++ = PixelToDialogY(y); // y
|
|
else
|
|
*p++ = PixelToDialogY(initY); // y
|
|
*p++ = PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth); // cx
|
|
ptrueheight = p;
|
|
*p++ = 0; // dialog height: changed later anyway
|
|
*p++ = 0; // Menu
|
|
*p++ = 0; // Class
|
|
|
|
/* copy the title of the dialog */
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, ((*title)
|
|
? (LPSTR)title
|
|
: (LPSTR)("Vim "VIM_VERSION_MEDIUM)), TRUE);
|
|
p += nchar;
|
|
|
|
if (s_usenewlook)
|
|
{
|
|
/* do the font, since DS_3DLOOK doesn't work properly */
|
|
#ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
if (use_lfSysmenu)
|
|
{
|
|
/* point size */
|
|
*p++ = -MulDiv(lfSysmenu.lfHeight, 72,
|
|
GetDeviceCaps(hdc, LOGPIXELSY));
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, lfSysmenu.lfFaceName, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
#endif
|
|
{
|
|
*p++ = DLG_FONT_POINT_SIZE; // point size
|
|
nchar = nCopyAnsiToWideChar(p, DLG_FONT_NAME, FALSE);
|
|
}
|
|
p += nchar;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Loop over all the items in the menu.
|
|
* But skip over the tearbar.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (STRCMP(menu->children->name, TEAR_STRING) == 0)
|
|
menu = menu->children->next;
|
|
else
|
|
menu = menu->children;
|
|
top_menu = menu;
|
|
for ( ; menu != NULL; menu = menu->next)
|
|
{
|
|
if (menu->modes == 0) /* this menu has just been deleted */
|
|
continue;
|
|
if (menu_is_separator(menu->dname))
|
|
{
|
|
sepPadding += 3;
|
|
continue;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Check if there still is plenty of room in the template. Make it
|
|
* larger when needed. */
|
|
if (((char *)p - (char *)pdlgtemplate) + 1000 > template_len)
|
|
{
|
|
WORD *newp;
|
|
|
|
newp = (WORD *)LocalAlloc(LPTR, template_len + 4096);
|
|
if (newp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
template_len += 4096;
|
|
mch_memmove(newp, pdlgtemplate,
|
|
(char *)p - (char *)pdlgtemplate);
|
|
p = newp + (p - pdlgtemplate);
|
|
pnumitems = newp + (pnumitems - pdlgtemplate);
|
|
ptrueheight = newp + (ptrueheight - pdlgtemplate);
|
|
LocalFree(LocalHandle(pdlgtemplate));
|
|
pdlgtemplate = newp;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Figure out minimal length of this menu label. Use "name" for the
|
|
* actual text, "dname" for estimating the displayed size. "name"
|
|
* has "&a" for mnemonic and includes the accelerator. */
|
|
len = nameLen = (int)STRLEN(menu->name);
|
|
padding0 = (columnWidths[0] - GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, menu->dname,
|
|
(int)STRLEN(menu->dname))) / spaceWidth;
|
|
len += padding0;
|
|
|
|
if (menu->actext != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
acLen = (int)STRLEN(menu->actext);
|
|
len += acLen;
|
|
textWidth = GetTextWidthEnc(hdc, menu->actext, acLen);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
textWidth = 0;
|
|
padding1 = (columnWidths[1] - textWidth) / spaceWidth;
|
|
len += padding1;
|
|
|
|
if (menu->children == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
padding2 = submenuWidth / spaceWidth;
|
|
len += padding2;
|
|
menuID = (WORD)(menu->id);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
len += (int)STRLEN(TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL);
|
|
menuID = (WORD)((long_u)(menu->submenu_id) | (DWORD)0x8000);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/* Allocate menu label and fill it in */
|
|
text = label = alloc((unsigned)len + 1);
|
|
if (label == NULL)
|
|
break;
|
|
|
|
vim_strncpy(text, menu->name, nameLen);
|
|
text = vim_strchr(text, TAB); /* stop at TAB before actext */
|
|
if (text == NULL)
|
|
text = label + nameLen; /* no actext, use whole name */
|
|
while (padding0-- > 0)
|
|
*text++ = ' ';
|
|
if (menu->actext != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRNCPY(text, menu->actext, acLen);
|
|
text += acLen;
|
|
}
|
|
while (padding1-- > 0)
|
|
*text++ = ' ';
|
|
if (menu->children != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
STRCPY(text, TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL);
|
|
text += STRLEN(TEAROFF_SUBMENU_LABEL);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
while (padding2-- > 0)
|
|
*text++ = ' ';
|
|
}
|
|
*text = NUL;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* BS_LEFT will just be ignored on Win32s/NT3.5x - on
|
|
* W95/NT4 it makes the tear-off look more like a menu.
|
|
*/
|
|
p = add_dialog_element(p,
|
|
BS_PUSHBUTTON|BS_LEFT,
|
|
(WORD)PixelToDialogX(TEAROFF_PADDING_X),
|
|
(WORD)(sepPadding + 1 + 13 * (*pnumitems)),
|
|
(WORD)PixelToDialogX(dlgwidth - 2 * TEAROFF_PADDING_X),
|
|
(WORD)12,
|
|
menuID, (WORD)0x0080, (char *)label);
|
|
vim_free(label);
|
|
(*pnumitems)++;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
*ptrueheight = (WORD)(sepPadding + 1 + 13 * (*pnumitems));
|
|
|
|
|
|
/* show modelessly */
|
|
the_menu->tearoff_handle = CreateDialogIndirectParam(
|
|
s_hinst,
|
|
(LPDLGTEMPLATE)pdlgtemplate,
|
|
s_hwnd,
|
|
(DLGPROC)tearoff_callback,
|
|
(LPARAM)top_menu);
|
|
|
|
LocalFree(LocalHandle(pdlgtemplate));
|
|
SelectFont(hdc, oldFont);
|
|
DeleteObject(font);
|
|
ReleaseDC(hwnd, hdc);
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Reassert ourselves as the active window. This is so that after creating
|
|
* a tearoff, the user doesn't have to click with the mouse just to start
|
|
* typing again!
|
|
*/
|
|
(void)SetActiveWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
|
|
/* make sure the right buttons are enabled */
|
|
force_menu_update = TRUE;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_TOOLBAR) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
#include "gui_w32_rc.h"
|
|
|
|
/* This not defined in older SDKs */
|
|
# ifndef TBSTYLE_FLAT
|
|
# define TBSTYLE_FLAT 0x0800
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Create the toolbar, initially unpopulated.
|
|
* (just like the menu, there are no defaults, it's all
|
|
* set up through menu.vim)
|
|
*/
|
|
static void
|
|
initialise_toolbar(void)
|
|
{
|
|
InitCommonControls();
|
|
s_toolbarhwnd = CreateToolbarEx(
|
|
s_hwnd,
|
|
WS_CHILD | TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS | TBSTYLE_FLAT,
|
|
4000, //any old big number
|
|
31, //number of images in initial bitmap
|
|
s_hinst,
|
|
IDR_TOOLBAR1, // id of initial bitmap
|
|
NULL,
|
|
0, // initial number of buttons
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH, //api guide is wrong!
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH,
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
|
|
sizeof(TBBUTTON)
|
|
);
|
|
s_toolbar_wndproc = SubclassWindow(s_toolbarhwnd, toolbar_wndproc);
|
|
|
|
gui_mch_show_toolbar(vim_strchr(p_go, GO_TOOLBAR) != NULL);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
toolbar_wndproc(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
|
|
return CallWindowProc(s_toolbar_wndproc, hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static int
|
|
get_toolbar_bitmap(vimmenu_T *menu)
|
|
{
|
|
int i = -1;
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Check user bitmaps first, unless builtin is specified.
|
|
*/
|
|
if (!menu->icon_builtin)
|
|
{
|
|
char_u fname[MAXPATHL];
|
|
HANDLE hbitmap = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (menu->iconfile != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
gui_find_iconfile(menu->iconfile, fname, "bmp");
|
|
hbitmap = LoadImage(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
(LPCSTR)fname,
|
|
IMAGE_BITMAP,
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH,
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
|
|
LR_LOADFROMFILE |
|
|
LR_LOADMAP3DCOLORS
|
|
);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* If the LoadImage call failed, or the "icon=" file
|
|
* didn't exist or wasn't specified, try the menu name
|
|
*/
|
|
if (hbitmap == NULL
|
|
&& (gui_find_bitmap(
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_MULTI_LANG
|
|
menu->en_dname != NULL ? menu->en_dname :
|
|
#endif
|
|
menu->dname, fname, "bmp") == OK))
|
|
hbitmap = LoadImage(
|
|
NULL,
|
|
(LPCSTR)fname,
|
|
IMAGE_BITMAP,
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_WIDTH,
|
|
TOOLBAR_BUTTON_HEIGHT,
|
|
LR_LOADFROMFILE |
|
|
LR_LOADMAP3DCOLORS
|
|
);
|
|
|
|
if (hbitmap != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
TBADDBITMAP tbAddBitmap;
|
|
|
|
tbAddBitmap.hInst = NULL;
|
|
tbAddBitmap.nID = (long_u)hbitmap;
|
|
|
|
i = (int)SendMessage(s_toolbarhwnd, TB_ADDBITMAP,
|
|
(WPARAM)1, (LPARAM)&tbAddBitmap);
|
|
/* i will be set to -1 if it fails */
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
if (i == -1 && menu->iconidx >= 0 && menu->iconidx < TOOLBAR_BITMAP_COUNT)
|
|
i = menu->iconidx;
|
|
|
|
return i;
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_GUI_TABLINE) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
static void
|
|
initialise_tabline(void)
|
|
{
|
|
InitCommonControls();
|
|
|
|
s_tabhwnd = CreateWindow(WC_TABCONTROL, "Vim tabline",
|
|
WS_CHILD|TCS_FOCUSNEVER|TCS_TOOLTIPS,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT, s_hwnd, NULL, s_hinst, NULL);
|
|
s_tabline_wndproc = SubclassWindow(s_tabhwnd, tabline_wndproc);
|
|
|
|
gui.tabline_height = TABLINE_HEIGHT;
|
|
|
|
# ifdef USE_SYSMENU_FONT
|
|
set_tabline_font();
|
|
# endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* Get tabpage_T from POINT.
|
|
*/
|
|
static tabpage_T *
|
|
GetTabFromPoint(
|
|
HWND hWnd,
|
|
POINT pt)
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_T *ptp = NULL;
|
|
|
|
if (gui_mch_showing_tabline())
|
|
{
|
|
TCHITTESTINFO htinfo;
|
|
htinfo.pt = pt;
|
|
/* ignore if a window under cusor is not tabcontrol. */
|
|
if (s_tabhwnd == hWnd)
|
|
{
|
|
int idx = TabCtrl_HitTest(s_tabhwnd, &htinfo);
|
|
if (idx != -1)
|
|
ptp = find_tabpage(idx + 1);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
return ptp;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static POINT s_pt = {0, 0};
|
|
static HCURSOR s_hCursor = NULL;
|
|
|
|
static LRESULT CALLBACK
|
|
tabline_wndproc(
|
|
HWND hwnd,
|
|
UINT uMsg,
|
|
WPARAM wParam,
|
|
LPARAM lParam)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
tabpage_T *tp;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
int nCenter;
|
|
int idx0;
|
|
int idx1;
|
|
|
|
HandleMouseHide(uMsg, lParam);
|
|
|
|
switch (uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONDOWN:
|
|
{
|
|
s_pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
s_pt.y = GET_Y_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
SetCapture(hwnd);
|
|
s_hCursor = GetCursor(); /* backup default cursor */
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
case WM_MOUSEMOVE:
|
|
if (GetCapture() == hwnd
|
|
&& ((wParam & MK_LBUTTON)) != 0)
|
|
{
|
|
pt.x = GET_X_LPARAM(lParam);
|
|
pt.y = s_pt.y;
|
|
if (abs(pt.x - s_pt.x) > GetSystemMetrics(SM_CXDRAG))
|
|
{
|
|
SetCursor(LoadCursor(NULL, IDC_SIZEWE));
|
|
|
|
tp = GetTabFromPoint(hwnd, pt);
|
|
if (tp != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
idx0 = tabpage_index(curtab) - 1;
|
|
idx1 = tabpage_index(tp) - 1;
|
|
|
|
TabCtrl_GetItemRect(hwnd, idx1, &rect);
|
|
nCenter = rect.left + (rect.right - rect.left) / 2;
|
|
|
|
/* Check if the mouse cursor goes over the center of
|
|
* the next tab to prevent "flickering". */
|
|
if ((idx0 < idx1) && (nCenter < pt.x))
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_move(idx1 + 1);
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
}
|
|
else if ((idx1 < idx0) && (pt.x < nCenter))
|
|
{
|
|
tabpage_move(idx1);
|
|
update_screen(0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case WM_LBUTTONUP:
|
|
{
|
|
if (GetCapture() == hwnd)
|
|
{
|
|
SetCursor(s_hCursor);
|
|
ReleaseCapture();
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
default:
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return CallWindowProc(s_tabline_wndproc, hwnd, uMsg, wParam, lParam);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_OLE) || defined(FEAT_EVAL) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* Make the GUI window come to the foreground.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_set_foreground(void)
|
|
{
|
|
if (IsIconic(s_hwnd))
|
|
SendMessage(s_hwnd, WM_SYSCOMMAND, SC_RESTORE, 0);
|
|
SetForegroundWindow(s_hwnd);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_MBYTE_IME) && defined(DYNAMIC_IME)
|
|
static void
|
|
dyn_imm_load(void)
|
|
{
|
|
hLibImm = vimLoadLib("imm32.dll");
|
|
if (hLibImm == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
pImmGetCompositionStringA
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetCompositionStringA");
|
|
pImmGetCompositionStringW
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetCompositionStringW");
|
|
pImmGetContext
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetContext");
|
|
pImmAssociateContext
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmAssociateContext");
|
|
pImmReleaseContext
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmReleaseContext");
|
|
pImmGetOpenStatus
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetOpenStatus");
|
|
pImmSetOpenStatus
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetOpenStatus");
|
|
pImmGetCompositionFont
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetCompositionFontA");
|
|
pImmSetCompositionFont
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetCompositionFontA");
|
|
pImmSetCompositionWindow
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetCompositionWindow");
|
|
pImmGetConversionStatus
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmGetConversionStatus");
|
|
pImmSetConversionStatus
|
|
= (void *)GetProcAddress(hLibImm, "ImmSetConversionStatus");
|
|
|
|
if ( pImmGetCompositionStringA == NULL
|
|
|| pImmGetCompositionStringW == NULL
|
|
|| pImmGetContext == NULL
|
|
|| pImmAssociateContext == NULL
|
|
|| pImmReleaseContext == NULL
|
|
|| pImmGetOpenStatus == NULL
|
|
|| pImmSetOpenStatus == NULL
|
|
|| pImmGetCompositionFont == NULL
|
|
|| pImmSetCompositionFont == NULL
|
|
|| pImmSetCompositionWindow == NULL
|
|
|| pImmGetConversionStatus == NULL
|
|
|| pImmSetConversionStatus == NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
FreeLibrary(hLibImm);
|
|
hLibImm = NULL;
|
|
pImmGetContext = NULL;
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
return;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_SIGN_ICONS) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
# ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
|
|
# define IMAGE_XPM 100
|
|
# endif
|
|
|
|
typedef struct _signicon_t
|
|
{
|
|
HANDLE hImage;
|
|
UINT uType;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
|
|
HANDLE hShape; /* Mask bitmap handle */
|
|
#endif
|
|
} signicon_t;
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_drawsign(int row, int col, int typenr)
|
|
{
|
|
signicon_t *sign;
|
|
int x, y, w, h;
|
|
|
|
if (!gui.in_use || (sign = (signicon_t *)sign_get_image(typenr)) == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
x = TEXT_X(col);
|
|
y = TEXT_Y(row);
|
|
w = gui.char_width * 2;
|
|
h = gui.char_height;
|
|
switch (sign->uType)
|
|
{
|
|
case IMAGE_BITMAP:
|
|
{
|
|
HDC hdcMem;
|
|
HBITMAP hbmpOld;
|
|
|
|
hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(s_hdc);
|
|
hbmpOld = (HBITMAP)SelectObject(hdcMem, sign->hImage);
|
|
BitBlt(s_hdc, x, y, w, h, hdcMem, 0, 0, SRCCOPY);
|
|
SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmpOld);
|
|
DeleteDC(hdcMem);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
case IMAGE_ICON:
|
|
case IMAGE_CURSOR:
|
|
DrawIconEx(s_hdc, x, y, (HICON)sign->hImage, w, h, 0, NULL, DI_NORMAL);
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
|
|
case IMAGE_XPM:
|
|
{
|
|
HDC hdcMem;
|
|
HBITMAP hbmpOld;
|
|
|
|
hdcMem = CreateCompatibleDC(s_hdc);
|
|
hbmpOld = (HBITMAP)SelectObject(hdcMem, sign->hShape);
|
|
/* Make hole */
|
|
BitBlt(s_hdc, x, y, w, h, hdcMem, 0, 0, SRCAND);
|
|
|
|
SelectObject(hdcMem, sign->hImage);
|
|
/* Paint sign */
|
|
BitBlt(s_hdc, x, y, w, h, hdcMem, 0, 0, SRCPAINT);
|
|
SelectObject(hdcMem, hbmpOld);
|
|
DeleteDC(hdcMem);
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
close_signicon_image(signicon_t *sign)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sign)
|
|
switch (sign->uType)
|
|
{
|
|
case IMAGE_BITMAP:
|
|
DeleteObject((HGDIOBJ)sign->hImage);
|
|
break;
|
|
case IMAGE_CURSOR:
|
|
DestroyCursor((HCURSOR)sign->hImage);
|
|
break;
|
|
case IMAGE_ICON:
|
|
DestroyIcon((HICON)sign->hImage);
|
|
break;
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
|
|
case IMAGE_XPM:
|
|
DeleteObject((HBITMAP)sign->hImage);
|
|
DeleteObject((HBITMAP)sign->hShape);
|
|
break;
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void *
|
|
gui_mch_register_sign(char_u *signfile)
|
|
{
|
|
signicon_t sign, *psign;
|
|
char_u *ext;
|
|
|
|
sign.hImage = NULL;
|
|
ext = signfile + STRLEN(signfile) - 4; /* get extension */
|
|
if (ext > signfile)
|
|
{
|
|
int do_load = 1;
|
|
|
|
if (!STRICMP(ext, ".bmp"))
|
|
sign.uType = IMAGE_BITMAP;
|
|
else if (!STRICMP(ext, ".ico"))
|
|
sign.uType = IMAGE_ICON;
|
|
else if (!STRICMP(ext, ".cur") || !STRICMP(ext, ".ani"))
|
|
sign.uType = IMAGE_CURSOR;
|
|
else
|
|
do_load = 0;
|
|
|
|
if (do_load)
|
|
sign.hImage = (HANDLE)LoadImage(NULL, (LPCSTR)signfile, sign.uType,
|
|
gui.char_width * 2, gui.char_height,
|
|
LR_LOADFROMFILE | LR_CREATEDIBSECTION);
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_XPM_W32
|
|
if (!STRICMP(ext, ".xpm"))
|
|
{
|
|
sign.uType = IMAGE_XPM;
|
|
LoadXpmImage((char *)signfile, (HBITMAP *)&sign.hImage,
|
|
(HBITMAP *)&sign.hShape);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
psign = NULL;
|
|
if (sign.hImage && (psign = (signicon_t *)alloc(sizeof(signicon_t)))
|
|
!= NULL)
|
|
*psign = sign;
|
|
|
|
if (!psign)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sign.hImage)
|
|
close_signicon_image(&sign);
|
|
EMSG(_(e_signdata));
|
|
}
|
|
return (void *)psign;
|
|
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_destroy_sign(void *sign)
|
|
{
|
|
if (sign)
|
|
{
|
|
close_signicon_image((signicon_t *)sign);
|
|
vim_free(sign);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_BEVAL_GUI) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
|
|
/* BALLOON-EVAL IMPLEMENTATION FOR WINDOWS.
|
|
* Added by Sergey Khorev <sergey.khorev@gmail.com>
|
|
*
|
|
* The only reused thing is beval.h and get_beval_info()
|
|
* from gui_beval.c (note it uses x and y of the BalloonEval struct
|
|
* to get current mouse position).
|
|
*
|
|
* Trying to use as more Windows services as possible, and as less
|
|
* IE version as possible :)).
|
|
*
|
|
* 1) Don't create ToolTip in gui_mch_create_beval_area, only initialize
|
|
* BalloonEval struct.
|
|
* 2) Enable/Disable simply create/kill BalloonEval Timer
|
|
* 3) When there was enough inactivity, timer procedure posts
|
|
* async request to debugger
|
|
* 4) gui_mch_post_balloon (invoked from netbeans.c) creates tooltip control
|
|
* and performs some actions to show it ASAP
|
|
* 5) WM_NOTIFY:TTN_POP destroys created tooltip
|
|
*/
|
|
|
|
/*
|
|
* determine whether installed Common Controls support multiline tooltips
|
|
* (i.e. their version is >= 4.70
|
|
*/
|
|
int
|
|
multiline_balloon_available(void)
|
|
{
|
|
HINSTANCE hDll;
|
|
static char comctl_dll[] = "comctl32.dll";
|
|
static int multiline_tip = MAYBE;
|
|
|
|
if (multiline_tip != MAYBE)
|
|
return multiline_tip;
|
|
|
|
hDll = GetModuleHandle(comctl_dll);
|
|
if (hDll != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
DLLGETVERSIONPROC pGetVer;
|
|
pGetVer = (DLLGETVERSIONPROC)GetProcAddress(hDll, "DllGetVersion");
|
|
|
|
if (pGetVer != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
DLLVERSIONINFO dvi;
|
|
HRESULT hr;
|
|
|
|
ZeroMemory(&dvi, sizeof(dvi));
|
|
dvi.cbSize = sizeof(dvi);
|
|
|
|
hr = (*pGetVer)(&dvi);
|
|
|
|
if (SUCCEEDED(hr)
|
|
&& (dvi.dwMajorVersion > 4
|
|
|| (dvi.dwMajorVersion == 4
|
|
&& dvi.dwMinorVersion >= 70)))
|
|
{
|
|
multiline_tip = TRUE;
|
|
return multiline_tip;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
{
|
|
/* there is chance we have ancient CommCtl 4.70
|
|
which doesn't export DllGetVersion */
|
|
DWORD dwHandle = 0;
|
|
DWORD len = GetFileVersionInfoSize(comctl_dll, &dwHandle);
|
|
if (len > 0)
|
|
{
|
|
VS_FIXEDFILEINFO *ver;
|
|
UINT vlen = 0;
|
|
void *data = alloc(len);
|
|
|
|
if ((data != NULL
|
|
&& GetFileVersionInfo(comctl_dll, 0, len, data)
|
|
&& VerQueryValue(data, "\\", (void **)&ver, &vlen)
|
|
&& vlen
|
|
&& HIWORD(ver->dwFileVersionMS) > 4)
|
|
|| ((HIWORD(ver->dwFileVersionMS) == 4
|
|
&& LOWORD(ver->dwFileVersionMS) >= 70)))
|
|
{
|
|
vim_free(data);
|
|
multiline_tip = TRUE;
|
|
return multiline_tip;
|
|
}
|
|
vim_free(data);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
multiline_tip = FALSE;
|
|
return multiline_tip;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
make_tooltip(BalloonEval *beval, char *text, POINT pt)
|
|
{
|
|
TOOLINFO *pti;
|
|
int ToolInfoSize;
|
|
|
|
if (multiline_balloon_available() == TRUE)
|
|
ToolInfoSize = sizeof(TOOLINFO_NEW);
|
|
else
|
|
ToolInfoSize = sizeof(TOOLINFO);
|
|
|
|
pti = (TOOLINFO *)alloc(ToolInfoSize);
|
|
if (pti == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
beval->balloon = CreateWindowEx(WS_EX_TOPMOST, TOOLTIPS_CLASS,
|
|
NULL, WS_POPUP | TTS_NOPREFIX | TTS_ALWAYSTIP,
|
|
CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT, CW_USEDEFAULT,
|
|
beval->target, NULL, s_hinst, NULL);
|
|
|
|
SetWindowPos(beval->balloon, HWND_TOPMOST, 0, 0, 0, 0,
|
|
SWP_NOMOVE | SWP_NOSIZE | SWP_NOACTIVATE);
|
|
|
|
pti->cbSize = ToolInfoSize;
|
|
pti->uFlags = TTF_SUBCLASS;
|
|
pti->hwnd = beval->target;
|
|
pti->hinst = 0; /* Don't use string resources */
|
|
pti->uId = ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP;
|
|
|
|
if (multiline_balloon_available() == TRUE)
|
|
{
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
TOOLINFO_NEW *ptin = (TOOLINFO_NEW *)pti;
|
|
pti->lpszText = LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK;
|
|
ptin->lParam = (LPARAM)text;
|
|
if (GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect)) /* switch multiline tooltips on */
|
|
SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH, 0,
|
|
(LPARAM)rect.right);
|
|
}
|
|
else
|
|
pti->lpszText = text; /* do this old way */
|
|
|
|
/* Limit ballooneval bounding rect to CursorPos neighbourhood */
|
|
pti->rect.left = pt.x - 3;
|
|
pti->rect.top = pt.y - 3;
|
|
pti->rect.right = pt.x + 3;
|
|
pti->rect.bottom = pt.y + 3;
|
|
|
|
SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_ADDTOOL, 0, (LPARAM)pti);
|
|
/* Make tooltip appear sooner */
|
|
SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_SETDELAYTIME, TTDT_INITIAL, 10);
|
|
/* I've performed some tests and it seems the longest possible life time
|
|
* of tooltip is 30 seconds */
|
|
SendMessage(beval->balloon, TTM_SETDELAYTIME, TTDT_AUTOPOP, 30000);
|
|
/*
|
|
* HACK: force tooltip to appear, because it'll not appear until
|
|
* first mouse move. D*mn M$
|
|
* Amazingly moving (2, 2) and then (-1, -1) the mouse doesn't move.
|
|
*/
|
|
mouse_event(MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE, 2, 2, 0, 0);
|
|
mouse_event(MOUSEEVENTF_MOVE, (DWORD)-1, (DWORD)-1, 0, 0);
|
|
vim_free(pti);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
delete_tooltip(BalloonEval *beval)
|
|
{
|
|
PostMessage(beval->balloon, WM_CLOSE, 0, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static VOID CALLBACK
|
|
BevalTimerProc(
|
|
HWND hwnd UNUSED,
|
|
UINT uMsg UNUSED,
|
|
UINT_PTR idEvent UNUSED,
|
|
DWORD dwTime)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
RECT rect;
|
|
|
|
if (cur_beval == NULL || cur_beval->showState == ShS_SHOWING || !p_beval)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
GetCursorPos(&pt);
|
|
if (WindowFromPoint(pt) != s_textArea)
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
ScreenToClient(s_textArea, &pt);
|
|
GetClientRect(s_textArea, &rect);
|
|
if (!PtInRect(&rect, pt))
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (LastActivity > 0
|
|
&& (dwTime - LastActivity) >= (DWORD)p_bdlay
|
|
&& (cur_beval->showState != ShS_PENDING
|
|
|| abs(cur_beval->x - pt.x) > 3
|
|
|| abs(cur_beval->y - pt.y) > 3))
|
|
{
|
|
/* Pointer resting in one place long enough, it's time to show
|
|
* the tooltip. */
|
|
cur_beval->showState = ShS_PENDING;
|
|
cur_beval->x = pt.x;
|
|
cur_beval->y = pt.y;
|
|
|
|
// TRACE0("BevalTimerProc: sending request");
|
|
|
|
if (cur_beval->msgCB != NULL)
|
|
(*cur_beval->msgCB)(cur_beval, 0);
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_disable_beval_area(BalloonEval *beval UNUSED)
|
|
{
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_disable_beval_area {{{");
|
|
KillTimer(s_textArea, BevalTimerId);
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_disable_beval_area }}}");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_enable_beval_area(BalloonEval *beval)
|
|
{
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_enable_beval_area |||");
|
|
if (beval == NULL)
|
|
return;
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_enable_beval_area {{{");
|
|
BevalTimerId = SetTimer(s_textArea, 0, (UINT)(p_bdlay / 2), BevalTimerProc);
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_enable_beval_area }}}");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_post_balloon(BalloonEval *beval, char_u *mesg)
|
|
{
|
|
POINT pt;
|
|
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_post_balloon {{{");
|
|
if (beval->showState == ShS_SHOWING)
|
|
return;
|
|
GetCursorPos(&pt);
|
|
ScreenToClient(s_textArea, &pt);
|
|
|
|
if (abs(beval->x - pt.x) < 3 && abs(beval->y - pt.y) < 3)
|
|
{
|
|
/* cursor is still here */
|
|
gui_mch_disable_beval_area(cur_beval);
|
|
beval->showState = ShS_SHOWING;
|
|
make_tooltip(beval, (char *)mesg, pt);
|
|
}
|
|
// TRACE0("gui_mch_post_balloon }}}");
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
BalloonEval *
|
|
gui_mch_create_beval_area(
|
|
void *target, /* ignored, always use s_textArea */
|
|
char_u *mesg,
|
|
void (*mesgCB)(BalloonEval *, int),
|
|
void *clientData)
|
|
{
|
|
/* partially stolen from gui_beval.c */
|
|
BalloonEval *beval;
|
|
|
|
if (mesg != NULL && mesgCB != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
IEMSG(_("E232: Cannot create BalloonEval with both message and callback"));
|
|
return NULL;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
beval = (BalloonEval *)alloc_clear(sizeof(BalloonEval));
|
|
if (beval != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
beval->target = s_textArea;
|
|
|
|
beval->showState = ShS_NEUTRAL;
|
|
beval->msg = mesg;
|
|
beval->msgCB = mesgCB;
|
|
beval->clientData = clientData;
|
|
|
|
InitCommonControls();
|
|
cur_beval = beval;
|
|
|
|
if (p_beval)
|
|
gui_mch_enable_beval_area(beval);
|
|
}
|
|
return beval;
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
Handle_WM_Notify(HWND hwnd UNUSED, LPNMHDR pnmh)
|
|
{
|
|
if (pnmh->idFrom != ID_BEVAL_TOOLTIP) /* it is not our tooltip */
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
if (cur_beval != NULL)
|
|
{
|
|
switch (pnmh->code)
|
|
{
|
|
case TTN_SHOW:
|
|
// TRACE0("TTN_SHOW {{{");
|
|
// TRACE0("TTN_SHOW }}}");
|
|
break;
|
|
case TTN_POP: /* Before tooltip disappear */
|
|
// TRACE0("TTN_POP {{{");
|
|
delete_tooltip(cur_beval);
|
|
gui_mch_enable_beval_area(cur_beval);
|
|
// TRACE0("TTN_POP }}}");
|
|
|
|
cur_beval->showState = ShS_NEUTRAL;
|
|
break;
|
|
case TTN_GETDISPINFO:
|
|
{
|
|
/* if you get there then we have new common controls */
|
|
NMTTDISPINFO_NEW *info = (NMTTDISPINFO_NEW *)pnmh;
|
|
info->lpszText = (LPSTR)info->lParam;
|
|
info->uFlags |= TTF_DI_SETITEM;
|
|
}
|
|
break;
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
static void
|
|
TrackUserActivity(UINT uMsg)
|
|
{
|
|
if ((uMsg >= WM_MOUSEFIRST && uMsg <= WM_MOUSELAST)
|
|
|| (uMsg >= WM_KEYFIRST && uMsg <= WM_KEYLAST))
|
|
LastActivity = GetTickCount();
|
|
}
|
|
|
|
void
|
|
gui_mch_destroy_beval_area(BalloonEval *beval)
|
|
{
|
|
#ifdef FEAT_VARTABS
|
|
if (beval->vts)
|
|
vim_free(beval->vts);
|
|
#endif
|
|
vim_free(beval);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif /* FEAT_BEVAL_GUI */
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_NETBEANS_INTG) || defined(PROTO)
|
|
/*
|
|
* We have multiple signs to draw at the same location. Draw the
|
|
* multi-sign indicator (down-arrow) instead. This is the Win32 version.
|
|
*/
|
|
void
|
|
netbeans_draw_multisign_indicator(int row)
|
|
{
|
|
int i;
|
|
int y;
|
|
int x;
|
|
|
|
if (!netbeans_active())
|
|
return;
|
|
|
|
x = 0;
|
|
y = TEXT_Y(row);
|
|
|
|
#if defined(FEAT_DIRECTX)
|
|
if (IS_ENABLE_DIRECTX())
|
|
DWriteContext_Flush(s_dwc);
|
|
#endif
|
|
|
|
for (i = 0; i < gui.char_height - 3; i++)
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y++, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+0, y, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+4, y++, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+1, y, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+3, y++, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
SetPixel(s_hdc, x+2, y, gui.currFgColor);
|
|
}
|
|
#endif
|